HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS INC
10SB12G, 2000-03-31
Previous: MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS INC, 10SB12G, 2000-03-31
Next: INTERCONEXUS COM INC, 10SB12G, 2000-03-31




                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                   FORM 10-SB


                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

     Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
               (Exact name of Company as specified in its charter)

                      HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.



                   NEVADA                               58-1667944
                   ------                               ----------
      (State or other jurisdiction of                (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)             Identification Number)

          No. 386 Qingnian Street
       Heping District, Shenyang, China                     89501
  (Address of principal executive offices)               (zip code)



                            011 (86) (24) 2318-0688
                            -----------------------
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)

           Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:


    Title of each class                          Name of each exchange on which
    to be so registered                          each class is to be registered

            None                                              None
            ----                                              ----



           Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, par value $0.02
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)


<PAGE>

                                     PART I
                                     ------

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

         Huayang International Holdings, Inc (the "Company"),  formerly known as
Power  Capital  Corp.,  is a  real-estate  development  company  engaged  in the
development  of a 162,000  square  meter hotel and  business  properties  in the
People's  Republic  of China.  The  Company's  current  activities  include  the
development and construction of a hotel and office complex in Shenyang, China.

STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY

         The Company  conducts  its  business  through its 95% owned  subsidiary
Shenyang  Haitong  House  Properties  Development,   Ltd  ("Haitong"),  and  the
following  joint  ventures  in which  the  Company  holds a 20%  stake:  Huayang
International Hotel Co., Ltd. ("Hotel"),  Changhua Business Co., Ltd. ("Business
Center") and Changyuan Car Park Co., Ltd. ("Garage")  (collectively  referred to
as the "Hotel Group").

HISTORY

         The Company was formerly known as Power Capital Corporation (PCC) which
its stock was traded on the Over The Counter (OTC) Bulletin Board.  However, the
Company was delisted from the OTC Bulletin Board in December  1999.  Immediately
prior to the acquisition  and the issuance of common shares as described  below,
PCC has  issued  and  outstanding  common  shares of  100,807  shares to various
shareholders.

         On December 29, 1995, PCC signed an acquisition  agreement,  as amended
on January 5, 1996, with the Huayang International Trust (the "Trust"),  whereby
the Trust sold its 95%, 20%, 20% and 20% investments in Haitong, Hotel, Business
Center and Garage,  respectively,  to PCC in exchange  for  6,000,000  shares of
common stock of PCC. On January 5, 1995,  6,000,000  shares were  transferred to
the  Trust.  At the  date of  acquisition,  PCC  changed  its  name  to  Huayang
International Holdings, Inc.


HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL MANSION

INTRODUCTION

            Upon completion,  Huayang International Mansion will be a mixed-used
complex with a total building area of 162,000 square meters. The Mansion will be
located in Shenyang,  a major  Chinese  city with a  population  of nearly seven
million,  offering  residential,   hotel,  office,   recreation,   shopping  and
conference facilities.

            The building  consists of two towers and two podiums  (lower  floors
leased out to stores, restaurants and other businesses that service the needs of
the community and/or tower residents).  Haitong owns Tower A and Podium A, while
Hotel Group owns Tower B and Podium B of the building.

            Tower A will be a 28 story  construction  with 330 office units, 220
business apartments, and 66 penthouse apartments,  totaling approximately 56,000
square  meters.  Assuming  all the units in Tower A are sold,  then the  Company
estimates  that it will  provide at least  US$49.7  million  in gross  revenues.
Podium A is a five  story  construction  totaling

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

approximately  27,000  square  meters,  with 21,285  square meters of commercial
space for lease.  As of December 31, 1999, 332 units of Tower A totaling  27,821
square  meters  (69% of the  total  area  available  for sale)  have been  sold,
generating approximately US$21.6 million in gross revenues, and 71 Tower A units
totaling  5,832  square  meters  (36% of  available  space)  have  been  leased,
generating US$0.68 million in annual gross revenues.

            Tower B and Podium B of the building totaling  approximately  80,000
square meters will be operated by Sheraton Overseas  Management  Corporation and
Hotel Group  together as Sheraton  Shenyang  Lido  Hotel.  When  completed,  the
five-star hotel will have 512 rooms/suits and 90 luxury apartments.

MARKET

         Shenyang is a major Chinese city with a population of nearly 7 million.
Together  with its  neighboring  cities  Anshan,  known as the Steel  Capital of
China,  and Fushun,  known as the Coal Capital of China,  Shenyang is one of the
most important industrial centers of China.  Shenyang is also the most important
traffic hub in northeastern China. It connects Beijing with major cities such as
Dalian,  Harbin,  Dandong,  and Changchun as well as Russia,  Mongolia and North
Korea.

         In the  process  of China's  economic  reform,  Shenyang  has put great
effort into  developing  projects  with high economic  growth  potential and has
significantly  improved  its  infrastructure  to ensure  that its  economy  will
continue to grow. The city has given  priority to the automobile  manufacturing,
service, and high technology sectors and has been quite successful in attracting
investments  in these sectors.  For example,  large  automakers  such as Toyota,
General Motors and Ford all have established joint ventures in the city.

         The economic development has led to a higher level of demand for office
space,  retail space,  business  apartments and hotels,  especially for high-end
properties  with good  locations  and  quality  services.  The  Company  quickly
responded to market  demands and  initiated  the Huayang  International  Mansion
project,  which will provide  office space,  luxury  residential  units,  retail
space, entertainment functions, convention and exhibition functions as well as a
five star-hotel.

PROJECT HIGHLIGHTS

         The Mansion will be conveniently located in the City's Special Economic
Zone for new and hi-tech enterprises,  and is only approximately15  minutes away
from the city's international airport and approximately 10 minutes away from the
city's main railway station.  Qingnian

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

Avenue, a major traffic thoroughfare for the city leads to the building.  Wulihe
Stadium,  the city's  newest and most  advanced  stadium is located  just on the
northern side of the building. Regent Park, on the western side of the building,
is a luxury  residential  area under  development.  JW Marriott  Hotel and China
Northern  Airline's  main office face the  building's  south side.  To the east,
across  Qingnian  Avenue is  Riverside  Garden,  considered  the most  luxurious
residential   development  in  northeastern   China.  Some  major  entertainment
facilities,  such as Summer  Place (a water  park),  the Science and  Technology
Museum and an aquarium are also located nearby.

         The total cost for the project is budgeted at US$170 million,  of which
it is  expected  that US$70  million  will fund the  development  of Tower A and
Podium A, and  US$100  million  will pay the costs of  developing  the  Sheraton
Hotel.

         The project is scheduled to be completed by June 2000.  Construction on
Tower A was  completed in January  2000.  The Hotel is scheduled to open in June
2000.

JOINT VENTURES

         Hotel:  Hotel is  developing  a 50,000  square  meter,  636 room luxury
business  hotel in Tower B of the Mansion.  The Company is a 20%  stakeholder in
the Hotel project. The Hotel will be managed by Sheraton Hotels, a subsidiary of
Starwood Hotels & Resorts Trust.

         As of  December  31, 1999 the total  construction  costs of Tower B and
Podium B totaled  approximately  US$90.4 million,  of which  approximately US$41
million had been paid with the balance to be paid by the principal  shareholder,
Yick Ho, Ltd., a wholly owned  subsidiary of Cheung Kong (Holdings)  Limited,  a
Hong Kong based corporation listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.  The Company
must provide additional  financing of US$2,500,000.  The Hotel Group is expected
to generate  annual  revenues of $46.65 million based on a 70% annual  occupancy
rate.  This is based on projected  revunes of $30.19  million from room tariffs,
and  US$16.46  million from other  services  including  the Business  Center and
Garage.

         Business  Center:  Business  Center owns and  operates a 20,000  square
meter business center occupying the five story podium of Tower B. The Company is
a 20% stakeholder in the Business  Center  project.  Business Center has not yet
determined  whether to lease the space to other  service  providers  to generate
rental  revenues,  or to satisfy market demand through the  development of their
own commercial enterprises.  The Company expects the Business Center to generate
annual revenues of $16.25 million.

         Garage: Garage owns and operates a 10,000 square meter parking facility
in support of the Hotel and Business Center.  The facility occupies two basement
levels of Tower B. The Company is a 20% stakeholder in the Garage project. Based
on a 70% annual occupancy rate of the hotel, the parking facilities are expected
to generate annual revenues of $211,000.

PROJECT FUNDING

         The Company's  projects were financed  through a  combinations  of debt
financing  in the form of  mortgage  notes,  capital  contributions  by Mr.  Gao
Wanjun,  an officer,  director and controlling  shareholder of the Company,  and
shareholder loans to the Company by Mr. Gao.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

PROJECT STATUS

         Tower A has been  completed.  There are 330 office units,  220 business
apartment  units  and  66  penthouse   apartment  units  in  Tower  A,  totaling
approximately 56,000 square meters. Of the total available space,  approximately
40,000 square meters are  designated  for sale and  approximately  16,000 square
meters  are  intended  to  be  leased  properties.  As  of  December  31,  1999,
approximately   28,000   square   meters  of  floor  space  had  been  sold  and
approximately 5,800 square meters of floor space had been leased.

         Podium A has almost been completed and the Company  expects it to begin
full  operation  by the end of June 2000.  Agriculture  Bank of China has leased
1,000  square  meters of the ground  floor  area.  In  addition,  the "Spring of
Paris," a luxury  shopping  mall,  has signed a letter of intent to leaser 8,000
square meters.

         The  construction  of Hotel is almost finished as well. The Hotel plans
to open in June 2000.

COMPETITION

         The  Company  is in direct  competition  with a number  of real  estate
development and property management  companies that also provide office space to
businesses in Shenyang. Some of these companies may have more resources than the
Company, or be able to offer similar service at a better price than the company.
The Sheraton hotel will compete directly with other business hotels in Shenyang,
such as the JW Marriott.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

                  The  Company's  projects  are  subject  to  various  laws  and
governmental regulations,  such as zoning regulations,  relating to its business
operations  and project  developments.  The Company must obtain and keep current
various licenses, permits and regulatory approvals for its development projects.
The  Company  believes  that  it is in  compliance  with  all  laws,  rules  and
regulations applicable to its projects and that such laws, rules and regulations
do not currently have a material impact on the Company's operations.  Due to the
increasing  levels  of  development  in the  areas of China  where  the  Company
currently  operates,  it is possible that new laws, rules and/or regulations may
be adopted that could affect the Company's  projects or proposed  projects.  The
enactment of such laws, rules or regulations in the future could have a negative
impact on the Company's  project growth or  profitability,  which could decrease
the  Company's  projected  revenues or  increase  the  Company's  costs of doing
business.

EMPLOYEES

         As of March 1, 2000,  the  Company had 20  employees,  all of which are
salaried.  No employee group is covered under a collective bargaining agreement.
The Company believes its relationship with its employees is good.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS

                        RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY

WE HAVE A LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY  UPON WHICH TO BASE AN  INVESTMENT  IN THE
COMPANY.

         Although  we merged  into PCC in  December  1995,  we did not  initiate
operations until October, 1997. As a result, we have a limited operating history
upon which an evaluation of our business and  prospects.  Our prospects  must be
considered  in light of  risks,  expenses,  delays,  problems  and  difficulties
frequently encountered by early stage companies.

OUR REAL ESTATE  DEVELOPMENTS MAY NOT ACHIEVE THE MARKET ACCEPTANCE REQUIRED FOR
THE COMPANY TO GENERATE PROFITS.

         The Company has not yet completed  construction  of its first  project,
the Huayang International  Mansion.  Construction on the Mansion is scheduled to
be  completed in June 2000.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be
successful  in its  business  operations  or will achieve  sufficient  levels of
market acceptance for its property development projects and joint ventures.  The
Company's  business  may be  subject  to any or all of the  problems,  expenses,
delays and risks  inherent in the  establishment  of a new  business  enterprise
including  limited capital  resources,  possible  delays in construction  and/or
development  of its  properties,  possible  cost  overruns due to price and cost
increases in raw materials and the  manufacturing  processes,  uncertain  market
acceptance and the absence of an operating history.  Therefore,  there can be no
assurance that the Company's  business or joint ventures will be able to achieve
or maintain profitable  operations.  Further, there can be no assurance that the
Company will not encounter unforeseen  difficulties that may deplete its capital
resources more rapidly than anticipated.


WE MAY EXPERIENCE FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS.

         Our operating results have varied significantly from quarter to quarter
in the past and may  continue to vary  significantly  from quarter to quarter in
the future due to a variety of  factors.  Many of these  factors  are out of our
control. These factors include:

          o    Fluctuations in the real estate market where we operate;
          o    Seasonality of the hotel industry;
          o    Unexpected   delays   in   construction   of  our   real   estate
               developments;
          o    New office and hotel  developments in the same market in which we
               operate;
          o    A  decline  in  tourism  or  business  in the  market in which we
               operate; and
          o    Increases in expenses,  whether  related to sales and  marketing,
               new construction, maintenance or repair costs, or administration.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

         We will continue to determine our  investment  and expense levels based
on our  expected  future  revenues,  which may not grow at  historical  rates in
future periods, if at all. A significant portion of our expenses is not variable
in the short  term and cannot be quickly  reduced  to respond to  descreases  in
revenues.  Therefore,  if our revenues  are below  expectations,  our  operating
results and net income are likely to be adversely affected.  In addition, we may
reduce our prices or  accelerate  our  development  activities  in  response  to
competitive  pressures or to pursue new market  opportunities.  Any one of these
activities  may  further  limit our  ability to adjust  spending  in response to
revenue fluctuations.


WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN THE FUNDING NECESSARY TO EXPAND OUR BUSINESS.

         We expect that we will require additional  financing in order to expand
our business. We cannot assure you that we will successfully negotiate or obtain
additional  financing,  or that we will be able to  obtain  financing  on  terms
favorable or acceptable  to us. We do not have any  commitments  for  additional
financing.   Our  ability  to  obtain  additional   capital  depends  on  market
conditions,  economic conditions, and other factors beyond our control. If we do
not obtain adequate financing,  or such financing is not available on acceptable
terms, our ability to finance our expansion, enhance our properties, develop new
properties or respond to competitive  pressures would be significantly  limited.
Our failure to secure  necessary  financing could have a material adverse effect
on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations.

THE COMPANY IS SUBSTANTIALLY LEVERAGED IN RELATION TO ITS STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY.

         As of the date hereof,  the Company has consolidated  indebtedness that
is substantial in relation to its stockholders  equity. As of December 31, 1999,
the Company had total debt of approximately $17,295,731. The Company's leveraged
financial position poses substantial risks to holders of Common Stock, including
the  risks  that (i) a  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  cash  flow from
operations  will be dedicated  to the payment of interest on such  indebtedness,
(ii) the Company's leveraged position may impede its ability to obtain financing
in the future for working capital,  capital  expenditures and general  corporate
purposes and (iii) the Company's highly leveraged financial position may make it
more  vulnerable  to economic  downturns  and may limit its ability to withstand
competitive pressures. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow
from operations in the future to service its  indebtedness and to meet its other
commitments,  the Company  will be  required to adopt one or more  alternatives,
such as refinancing or restructuring its  indebtedness,  selling material assets
or operations,  or seeking to raise additional debt or equity capital. There can
be no  assurance  that any of these  actions  could be effected on  satisfactory
terms,  that they would  enable the  Company to  continue to satisfy its capital
requirements  or that they would be permitted by the terms of existing or future
debt agreements.

         All of the Company's debt is secured by the Mansion. As of December 31,
1999,  the Company's  lenders held an aggregate of  $17,295,731 of liens against
the Mansion as  security  for bank loans of the same  amount.  If the Company is
unable to meet the terms of its bank loans,  resulting  in a default  under such
bank loans, the lenders may elect to declare all amounts  outstanding  under the
loans to be  immediately  due and payable and  foreclose on the  Mansion,  which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

WE DEPEND ON KEY MEMBERS OF OUR MANAGEMENT.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

         Our business is highly  dependent upon the continued  contributions  of
our  executive  officers  and other key  employees.  In  particular,  our future
success is dependent upon the personal efforts of Mr. Gao Wanjun,  our Chairman,
President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  Ms. Wang  YuFai,  our  Secretary  and
Director, and Ms. Wang XioaLuan, our Chief Financial Officer and Director. We do
not have employment agreements with our executive officers or key personnel, nor
do we have key man life insurance policies for such individuals. The loss of the
services  of our  executive  officers  or other key  personnel  could  delay our
ability to fully implement our operating  strategy,  which could have a material
adverse effect on our business operating results and financial condition.

            RISKS OF DOING BUSINESS IN THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

WE MAY LOSE THE BENEFITS PROVIDED BY SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONES.

         As part of its economic reform,  the PRC has designated  certain areas,
including Shenyang where the Company's offices and property development projects
are located, as Special Economic Zones ("SEZs").  Foreign investment enterprises
in these  areas  generally  benefit  from  greater  economic  autonomy  and more
favorable tax treatment in the PRC. Accordingly, changes in the policies or laws
governing SEZs could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

THE COMPANY IS SUBJECT TO VARIOUS POLITICAL AND LEGAL  UNCERTAINTIES AS A RESULT
OF DOING BUSINESS IN THE PRC.

         All of the Company's  development  projects are located in the PRC and,
as a result,  the  Company's  operations  and assets are subject to  significant
political,  economic,  legal and other  uncertainties.  The  economy  of the PRC
differs from the economics of most countries  belonging to the  Organization for
Economic   Co-operation  and  Development  (the  "OECD")  in  such  respects  as
structure,  government involvement,  level of development,  growth rate, capital
reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments
position.  China's  economy  is managed  in part  through a series of  five-year
economic and social  development  plans (each a "Five-Year  Plan") formulated by
the State Council and approved by the National People's Congress. Each Five-Year
Plan sets overall  agricultural,  industrial,  financial and other  economic and
social  development  targets.  In  implementing  each Five-Year  Plan, the State
Planning Commission, a commission directly under the State Council,  establishes
annual  production  and  development  targets,  formulates  and  supervises  the
implementation  of annual plans  designed to achieve  those targets and approves
major economic  projects.  Although the majority of productive assets in the PRC
are still owned by the Chinese Government, in the past several years the Chinese
Government   has   implemented   economic   reform   measures   that   emphasize
decentralization, the utilization of market forces in the development of the PRC
economy and the encouragement of private economic activity. Such economic reform
measures may be  inconsistent  or ineffectual and the Company may not be able to
capitalize  on all such  reforms.  Further,  there can be no assurance  that the
Chinese  Government  will continue to pursue such  policies,  that such policies
will be  successful if pursued,  that such  policies  will not be  significantly
altered  from  time to time or that  business  operations  in the PRC  would not
become

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

subject to the risk of nationalization,  which could result in the total loss of
investments in that country.

ALTHOUGH  THE PRC IS IN THE  PROCESS  OF  ONGOING  ECONOMIC  REFORM,  WE CAN NOT
PREDICT WITH CERTAINTY THE FUTURE SUCCESS OR CONTINUATION OF SUCH REFORMS.

         Since 1978,  the Chinese  Government  has been  reforming  its economic
systems.  Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and are expected
to be refined and improved.  Other political,  economic and social factors, such
as political changes,  changes in the rates of economic growth,  unemployment or
inflation,  or in the  disparities in per capita wealth  between  regions within
China,  could also lead to further  readjustment  of the reform  measures.  This
refining and  readjustment  process may not always have a positive effect on the
operations of the Company. There can be no assurance that the reforms to China's
economic system will continue or that the Company will not be adversely affected
by changes in the PRC's political, economic and social conditions and by changes
in policies of the Chinese  Government,  such as changes in laws and regulations
(or the  interpretation  thereof),  measures  which may be introduced to control
inflation,  changes in the rate or method of taxation,  imposition of additional
restrictions  on currency  conversion  and  remittance  abroad and  reduction in
tariff protection and other import restrictions. The Company's operating results
may  also  be  significantly  affected  by  the  inadequate  development  of  an
infrastructure  and the  potential  unavailability  of adequate  power and water
supplies,   transportation,   satisfactory  roads  and  communications  and  raw
materials and parts.

         The Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in recent years,
but such growth has been uneven  among  various  geographical  regions and among
various sectors of the economy.  The Chinese Government has implemented  various
policies from time to time, such as during 1989 to 1991 and again  commencing in
1993,  to restrain the rate of such  economic  growth and control  inflation and
otherwise regulate economic  expansion.  Although the Company might benefit from
these types of policies,  more severe  measures or other  actions by the Chinese
Government  could  decrease  demand  for the  Company's  products  or  otherwise
significantly adversely affect the Company's earnings.

THE PRC HAS AN UNCERTAIN AND EVOLVING LEGAL STRUCTURE.

         The legal system of the PRC relating to foreign investments is both new
and  continually  evolving,  and  currently  there can be no certainty as to the
application of its laws and regulations in particular instances.  Enforcement of
existing laws or agreements may be sporadic and implementation or interpretation
of laws inconsistent.

ENTRY INTO THE WORLD TRADE  ORGANIZATION  BY THE PRC COULD  RESULT IN  INCREASED
COMPETITION IN THE MARKET IN WHICH WE OPERATE.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

         The United  States has  announced  a change in policy  that may make it
easier  for the PRC to join  the  World  Trade  Organization  (the  "WTO"),  the
successor to the General  Agreement  on Tariffs and Trade.  If the PRC joins the
WTO, it will be  required  to reduce some of its import  tariffs and other trade
restrictions  over  time and,  as a  result,  the  Company's  business  could be
adversely effected as a result of increased competition.

DUE TO  GOVERNMENT  CONTROL OVER  CURRENCY  CONVERSION,  OUR REVENUES MAY NOT BE
FREELY CONVERTIBLE INTO FOREIGN CURRENCIES.

         The Company  receives  almost all of its revenues in Renminbi  which is
not freely  convertible  into foreign  exchange.  However,  the Company requires
foreign  currency  to meet  foreign  currency  obligations,  such as for  future
purchases of certain  equipment and raw materials.  The PRC  government  imposes
control over its foreign currency  reserves in part through direct regulation of
the  conversion of Renminbi into foreign  exchange and through  restrictions  on
foreign  imports.  Effective  January  1,  1994,  pursuant  to the Notice of the
People's Bank of China Concerning Further Reform of the Foreign Currency Control
System (the "PBOC Notice"), the conversion of Renminbi into Hong Kong and United
States Dollars must be based on rates set by the PBOC, which rates are set daily
based on the previous  day's PRC  interbank  foreign  exchange  market rate with
reference to current  exchange rates on the world  financial  markets (the "PBOC
Rate").  Effective as of December 1, 1996, Renminbi has become fully convertible
for all current  account  transactions.  Foreign  exchange which is required for
current account transactions can be bought freely at authorized Chinese banks so
long as the  procedural  requirements  prescribed  by law are  met.  Payment  of
dividends to foreign  investors  holding equity interests in Chinese  companies,
including  Foreign  Investment  Enterprises,  is  considered  a current  account
transaction. At the same time, Chinese companies are also required to sell their
foreign  exchange  earnings to  authorized  Chinese  banks.  Purchase of foreign
exchange for capital account  transactions  still requires prior approval of the
State Administration for Foreign Exchange. During the last five years, the value
of the Renminbi  generally  has  experienced  volatility in the exchange rate of
Renminbi to United States  Dollars,  and there was a significant  devaluation in
the exchange  rate of January 1, 1994 in  connection  with the  abolition of the
official  exchange  rate and  implementation  of the new unitary  rate  exchange
system.  Although  the  Renminbi/United  States  Dollar  exchange  rate has been
relatively  stable since  January 1, 1994,  there can be no  assurance  that the
exchange  rate will not again  become  volatile  or that the  Renminbi  will not
devalue further against the United States Dollar. Exchange rate fluctuations may
adversely  affect the  Company's  financial  performance  because of its foreign
currency denominated  liabilities and may materially adversely affect the value,
translated  or  converted  as  applicable  into United  States  Dollars,  of the
Company's  net fixed  assets,  the  earnings  of the  Company  and its  declared
dividends.  The Company  currently does not engage in any hedging  activities in
order to minimize the effect of exchange rate risks.


                  RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH HOLDING OUR SECURITIES

THERE IS A LACK OF LIQUIDITY IN THE MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

         The  Company's  Common Stock  currently  does not trade on an exchange.
Although the Company will apply to trade its stock on the OTC Bulletin  Board or
NASDAQ Small Cap Market,  there can be no assurance that an active public market
for the  Company's  Common  Stock will be created  and  sustained.  Accordingly,
investors  may not be able to sell their  Common  Stock should they desire to do
so,  or may be able to do so  only  at  lower  than  desired  prices.  While  no
prediction can be made as to the effect,  if any, that future sales of shares of
the Company's Common Stock, or the availability of additional  shares for future
sales, will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to
time,  sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock or the perception that such
sales could occur, would likely adversely affect the market price for the Common
Stock.

YOU WILL BE UNABLE TO  EXERCISE  ANY CONTROL  OVER THE COMPANY  BECAUSE A SINGLE
STOCKHOLDER CONTROLS 80% OF THE VOTING CONTROL OF THE COMPANY.

         Mr.  Gao  Wanjun,  an  officer  and  director  of the  Company,  is the
principal  stockholder of Huayang  International  Trust.  Huayang  International
Trust  beneficially owns 80% of the outstanding  common stock of the Company and
controls approximately 80% of all stockholder votes primarily as a result of its
ownership of 6,000,000  shares of the Company's common stock.  Accordingly,  Mr.
Gao,  as Managing  Member of Huayang  International  Trust,  is in a position to
elect all of the directors of the Company and direct  stockholder  approval upon
all issues to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company.

SINCE WE DO NOT INTEND TO  DECLARE  DIVIDENDS  IN THE  FORESEEABLE  FUTURE,  THE
RETURN ON YOUR INVESTMENT  WILL DEPEND UPON  APPRECIATION OF THE MARKET PRICE OF
YOUR SHARES.

         We have never paid any  dividends  on our  common  stock.  Our board of
directors  does not intend to declare any dividends in the  foreseeable  future,
but intends to retain all earnings,  if any, for use in our business operations.
As a result,  the return on your  investment in the Company's  common stock will
depend upon appreciation of the market price of the common stock. The holders of
common stock are entitled to receive  dividends  when, as and if declared by the
board of directors out of funds legally  available  for dividend  payments.  The
payment of  dividends,  if any,  in the future is within the  discretion  of our
board of directors and will depend upon our earnings,  capital  requirements and
financial condition, and other relevant factors.

WE MAY ISSUE BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK, WHICH COULD SUBSTANTIALLY  DEPRESS THE
VALUE OF YOUR STOCK.

         The Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws  authorizes  the
issuance of "blank check"  Preferred  Stock with such  designations,  rights and
preferences  as may be  determined  from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Accordingly,  the Board of Directors is empowered, without stockholder approval,
to issue Preferred Stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other
rights which could adversely affect the relative voting power or other rights of
the holders of the Company's  Common Stock.  The issuance of Preferred Stock may
be used, under certain circumstances,  as a method of discouraging,  delaying or
preventing  a change in control of the  Company and could  prevent  stockholders
from  receiving a premium for their  shares in the event of a third party tender
offer or change of  control  transaction.  There  can be no  assurance  that the
Company will not issue shares of Preferred  Stock in the future.  If the Company
issues Preferred Stock, the issuance may have a dilutive effect upon the holders
of the Company's Common Stock.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         The issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock having rights superior to
those of the Common  Stock may result in a decrease in the value or market price
of the Common  Stock.  Holders of Preferred  Stock may have the right to receive
dividends,  certain  preferences  in  liquidation  and  conversion  rights.  The
issuance of Preferred Stock could, under certain circumstances,  have the effect
of delaying,  deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company without
further vote or action by the  stockholders  and may adversely affect the voting
and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.

OUR OFFICERS AND  DIRECTORS ARE GRANTED  LIMITED  LIABILITY FOR THEIR ACTIONS BY
OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS.

                  The Company's  Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws contains
provisions  limiting  the  liability  of  directors  of the Company for monetary
damages to the fullest extent  permissible under Nevada law. This is intended to
eliminate the personal liability of a director for monetary damages in an action
brought by or in the right of the Company for breach of a  director's  duties to
the Company or its  stockholders  except in certain  limited  circumstances.  In
addition,   the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  By-laws  contains  provisions
requiring the Company to indemnify directors,  officers, employees and agents of
the Company  serving at the request of the Company against  expenses,  judgments
(including  derivative  actions),  fines and amounts  paid in  settlement.  This
indemnification  is  limited to  actions  taken in good faith in the  reasonable
belief that the  conduct was lawful and in or not opposed to the best  interests
of the  Company.  The  Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws  provides for the
indemnification  of directors and officers in connection  with civil,  criminal,
administrative  or investigative  proceedings when acting in their capacities as
agents for the Company.  The foregoing  provisions  may reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against directors and officers and may discourage or deter
stockholders  or  management  from suing  directors  or officers for breaches of
their duties to the Company,  even though such an action,  if successful,  might
otherwise benefit the Company and its stockholders.

FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK MAY DEPRESS OUR STOCK PRICE.

         Future sales of shares of Common Stock by existing  stockholders  under
Rule 144 ("Rule 144") of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), could materially adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. A
material  reduction  in the market  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock could
materially  impair the  Company's  future  ability to raise  capital  through an
offering of equity  securities.  A substantial  number of shares of Common Stock
are  available  for sale  under  Rule 144 in the  public  market or will  become
available for sale in the near future.

OUR COMMON STOCK MAY BE SUBJECT TO PENNY STOCK REGULATIONS.

         The Securities  Enforcement and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990 requires
additional disclosure relating to the market for penny stocks in connection with
trades in any stock defined as a penny stock.  Commission  regulations generally
define a penny stock to be an equity  security  that has a market  price of less
than $5.00 per share,  subject to certain  exceptions.  As the Company  does not
currently satisfy the requirements to comply with any exception, the regulations
require the  delivery,  prior to certain  transactions  involving  the Company's
Common Stock, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and the
risks  associated   therewith.   Transactions  that  meet  the  requirements  of
Regulation  D under  the  Securities  Act or  transactions  with an  issuer  not
involving a public  offering  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act are
exempt from the disclosure schedule delivery requirements.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         Since the  Company  is  subject to the penny  stock  regulations  cited
above,  trading in the Company's securities is covered by Rule 15g-9 promulgated
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act") for
non-NASDAQ and non-national  securities  exchange listed securities.  Under such
rule,  broker/dealers  who  recommend  such  securities  to  persons  other than
established  customers  and  accredited  investors  must make a special  written
suitability  determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written
agreement to a transaction prior to sale.

         If  market  makers  are  unable  to  make a  market  in  the  Company's
securities, the market liquidity for the Company's securities could be adversely
affected.  In such event, the absence of liquidity of the Company's Common Stock
could limit the ability of broker/dealers  to sell the Company's  securities and
thus the ability of holders of the Company's securities to sell their securities
in the secondary market.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.

         GENERAL

         The  following  discussion  of the  financial  condition and results of
operations  should  be read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial
statements and related notes thereto.  The following discussion contains certain
forward-looking  statements that involve risk and  uncertainties.  The Company's
actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that
could cause or contribute to such differences  include,  but are not limited to,
risks and  uncertainties  related to the need for  additional  funds,  the rapid
growth of the  operations  and the ability of the Company to operate  profitably
after the  initial  growth  period  is  completed.  The  Company  undertakes  no
obligation   to  publicly   release  the  results  of  any  revisions  to  those
forward-looking  statements  that may be made to reflect  any  future  events or
circumstances.

         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (IN U.S. DOLLARS)

FISCAL PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND DECEMBER 31, 1998

         Revenues for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1999 were  $6,540,558
down from revenues of  $16,115,067 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, a
decline of 59.4%.  Revenue from real estate  sales  declined by  $10,236,792  to
$5,682,253 in fiscal year 1999 from  $15,919,045  in fiscal year 1998, a decline
of 64.3%.  The change was caused by the fact that most of the real estate  units
available  for sale were  purchased  during  fiscal year 1998.  This decline was
partially  offset by a $662,283  increase  in revenues  from real estate  rental
income to  $858,305 in fiscal  year 1999 from  $196,022 in fiscal year 1998,  an
increase of 337.9%  caused by an increase in the amount of space  available  for
leasing.  We expect a further  decline in total revenues as the company's  major
revenue source shifts from property sales to rental income.


         Total costs and expenses for the fiscal year ended 1999 were $4,463,036
down from costs and expenses of  $13,187,655  for fiscal year 1998, a decline of
66.2%.  This decline was  primarily  attributable  to the 64.3%  decline in real
estate sales in fiscal year 1999 as compared to fiscal year 1998.

         Costs of sales of real estate  declined  $8,677,681  to  $3,585,851  in
fiscal year 1999 from $12,363,532 in fiscal year 1998, a decline of 70.2%.  This
decrease was primarily attributable to the

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

64.3%  decline in real  estate  sales in fiscal  year 1999 as compared to fiscal
year 1998.  The  Company did not report any real  estate  operating  expenses in
fiscal  year 1999,  as  compared  to real  estate  operating  expeses of $18,005
reported in fiscal year 1998.

         General and  Administrative  expenses  declined $121,353 to $544,302 in
fiscal  year 1999 as compared  to  $665,655  in 1998,  a decrease of 18.2%.  The
decrease was primarily  attributable to reduced legal and professional fees paid
in 1999.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,  general and  administrative  expenses
increased  to 8.32% in fiscal  year 1999 from 4.13% in fiscal  year  1998.  This
increase was the result of a steep  decline in revenues  coupled  with  slightly
improved operating efficiencies.

         The Company  reported net income  before taxes of  $2,077,522 in fiscal
year 1999 as compared to net income  before taxes of  $2,927,412  in fiscal year
1998, a decrease of 29%. This decline is primarily attributable to the fact that
most of the real estate units  available for sale were  purchased  during fiscal
year 1998 and the Company's  major income source  shifted from property sales to
rental income.  This decline was partially  offset by an increase in real estate
rental income.

         The  Company's net income for fiscal year 1999 was $868,442 as compared
to  $1,773,315,  a decrease of 51%. The $904,873  decrease in the  Company's net
income was due primarily to the reasons stated above.

FISCAL PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND DECEMBER 31, 1997

         Revenues  increased  to  $16,115,067  in fiscal  year 1998 from none in
fiscal year 1997.  Revenue from real estate sales  increased to  $15,919,045  in
fiscal year 1998 from none in fiscal year 1997. The Company also  experienced an
increase in real  estate  rental  revenues  of $196,022 in fiscal year 1998,  as
compared to none in fiscal year 1997.  These increased were all  attributable to
the Company commencing sales and leasing of its properties in fiscal year 1998.

         Total  costs  and   expenses  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  1998  were
$13,187,655,  up from none for fiscal  year  1997.  Among  them,  costs of sales
increased to  $12,363,532  in fiscal year 1998 from none in fiscal year 1997 and
real estate operating expense increased to $18,005 in fiscal year 1998 from none
in fiscal year 1997. These increases were due to the commencement of real estate
sales and leases by the Company in fiscal year 1998.

         General and  administrative  expenses  increased  to $665,655 in fiscal
year  1998  from  none  in  fiscal  year  1997  due to the  commencement  of its
operations.

         The Company  reported net income  before taxes of  $2,927,412 in fiscal
year 1998. The Company had no net income before taxes in fiscal year 1997.

         The  Company's  net  income for fiscal  year 1998 was  $1,773,315.  The
Company  had no net income in fiscal  year 1997  because the Company had not yet
begun sales and lease of its real estate properties.


         LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

            The Company  liquidity  consists of cash,  receivables,  real estate
held for  development  and sale  and  receipts  from  rental  activities.  It is
expected that future cash needs will be financed by a combination  of cash flows
from rental and leasing  operations,  future  advances under bank loans,  and if
needed, other alternative financing arrangements,  which may be available to the
Company.

         The  Company  does  not  have  any  material  commitments  for  capital
expenditures for the year ending December 31, 2000.

         The  Company's  projection of future cash  requirements  is affected by
numerous  factors,  including but not limited to, changes in customer  receipts,
consumer  industry trends,  operating cost  fluctuations,  and unplanned capital
spending.

         The Company has retired  approximately  $4,086,000 of bank debt in 1999
through cash flows from  operations and additional  advances of $2,414,000  from
related  companies.  As a result of future cash payments required to retire bank
loans and debts owed to its related companies,  management believes that it will
be necessary to secure additional  financing to sustain the Company's operations
and to fund its anticipated growth.

         As of the date hereof,  the Company has consolidated  indebtedness that
is substantial in relation to its stockholders  equity. As of December 31, 1999,
the Company had total debt of approximately $17,295,731. The Company's leveraged
financial position poses substantial risks to holders of Common Stock, including
the  risks  that (i) a  substantial  portion  of the  Company's  cash  flow from
operations  will be dedicated  to the payment of interest on such  indebtedness,
(ii) the Company's leveraged position may impede its ability to obtain financing
in the future for working capital,  capital  expenditures and general  corporate
purposes and (iii) the Company's highly leveraged financial position may make it
more  vulnerable  to economic  downturns  and may limit its ability to withstand
competitive pressures. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow
from operations in the future to service its  indebtedness and to meet its other
commitments,  the Company  will be  required to adopt one or more  alternatives,
such as refinancing or restructuring its  indebtedness,  selling material assets
or operations,  or seeking to raise additional debt or equity capital. There can
be no  assurance  that any of these  actions  could be effected on  satisfactory
terms,  that they would  enable the  Company to  continue to satisfy its capital
requirements  or that they would be permitted by the terms of existing or future
debt agreements.

         All of the Company's debt is secured by the Mansion. As of December 31,
1999,  the Company's  lenders held an aggregate of  $17,295,731 of liens against
the Mansion as  security  for bank loans of the same  amount.  If the Company is
unable to meet the terms of its bank loans,  resulting  in a default  under such
bank loans, the lenders may elect to declare all amounts  outstanding  under the
loans to be  immediately  due and payable and  foreclose on the  Mansion,  which
would have a material adverse effect on the Company.



         EFFECT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATES

         The Company operates in the People's  Republic of China,  maintains its
financial  control  center in Shenyang,  PRC, and records most of its  operating
activities in Renminbi ("RMB"), the Chinese currency.  The exchange rate between
RMB and US  Dollars  has been  relatively  stable  for the last few  years.  The

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

Company does not believe that  fluctuations  foreign  exchange rates will have a
material effect on its financial  statements.  The RMB exchange rates,  however,
are fixed by the government of the PRC, and a change in the exchange rate by the
PRC could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.  See "Risk
Factors."

ITEM 3.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         The  Company's  headquarters  consists of a 1,818  square  meter leased
facility in Podium A of the Mansion,  located at No. 386 Qingnian Street, Heping
District,  Shenyang,  China  110003.  The Company owns the building in which the
office is located.

         The Company is engaged in the development of real estate  properties in
the Heping District of Shenyang,  China,  specifically the Huayang International
Mansion. The real estate projects in which the Company holds an interest consist
of the following:

          o    Haitong;
          o    Hotel;
          o    Business Center; and
          o    Garage.

HAITONG

          The Company  owns 95% of Haitong.  The Haitong  project  consists of a
26,912.04 square meter Podium and a 56,409.86  square meter Tower,  divided into
office and residential  units. The Tower was completed in December 1999, and the
Podium is scheduled to be completed in March 2000.  The total cost of developing
Haitong  is  approximately  US$70  million.  These  costs  were  paid  through a
combination  of loans and  mortgages,  guranteed  by Haitong  and secured by its
assets, and capital  contributions from shareholders.  The Company currently has
loans totaling RMB 83.3 million  (approximately US$10 million) outstanding which
are  secured by a mortgage  on the  property.  Of this  debt,  RMB 42.5  million
(US$5,132,850)  accumulates  interest at a rate of 5.3625%, and RMB 40.8 million
(US$4,927,536) accumulates interest at a rate of 5.85%.

HOTEL, BUSINESS CENTER AND GARAGE

         The Company owns 20% of Hotel. Hotel is building a 50,000 square meter,
636 room  luxury  business  hotel in Tower B of the  Mansion.  The Hotel will be
managed by Sheraton,  a subsidiary  of Starwood,  as the Sheraton  Shenyang Lido
Hotel.  Construction  on the Hotel is  scheduled  to be  completed by the end of
March 2000.  The total  construction  costs of the Hotel are  approximately  RMB
748,609,495  (US$90.4  million),  including the costs of developing the Business
Center and Garage.  The Hotel is expected to generate  US$46.65 million per year
based on a 70% occupancy rate. The Garage is expected to generate US$211,000 per
annum.  Business  Center owns a 20,000 square meter business  center in the five
story  podium  attached  to the Hotel,  which the  Company  expects to  generate
US$16.5  million in annual  revenues.  The  Company  owns 20% of both Garage and
Business Center.

ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The following table sets forth as of March 1, 2000 certain  information
regarding the ownership of voting  securities of the Company by each stockholder
known to the  management  of the Company to be 1)

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company's  outstanding common stock,
2) each of the directors and nominees for director of Company,  and 3) all named
executive  officers and  directors as a group.  Except as otherwise  noted,  the
Company  believes that the  beneficial  owners of the common stock listed below,
based on information  provided by such owners,  have sole  investment and voting
power with respect to such shares.


NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICAL OWNER (1)                  COMMON STOCK
- -----------------------------------                      ------------

                                                    NUMBER         PERCENTAGE
                                                    ------         ----------
Gao Wanjun                                        6,000,000 (2)            80.0%
Wang XiaoLuan                                     6,000,000 (2)            80.0%
Wang YuFei                                                    0             0.0%
Wang TieJun                                                   0             0.0%
Wang XiaoYang                                                 0             0.0%
Lu Yan Cheng                                                  0             0.0%
Huayang International Trust                       6,000,000 (2)            80.0%
All Officers and Directors as a Group             6,000,000 (2)            80.0%


(1)  Except as otherwise  noted, the address of each benefical owner is Shenyang
Haitong House  Properties  Development,  Ltd.,  No.386 Qingnian  Street,  Heping
District, Shenyang, China 110003.
(2)  Includes 6,000,000 shares held by the Huayang International Trust, of which
Mr. Gao WanJun is the trustee.  Mr. Gao WanJun,  his wife Ms. Wang  XiaoLuan and
their childeren are the beneficiaries of the trust.

ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

         The following table sets forth the directors and executive  officers of
the Company, appointed to serve until their removal or resignation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name                           Age               Position
         ----                           ---               --------
       <S>                            <C>               <C>
         Mr. Gao WanJun                 45                Chairman of the Board of Directors and President
         Ms. Wang YuFei                 30                Secretary and Director
         Ms. Wang XiaoLuan              47                Director and Chief Financial Officer
         Mr. Wang TieJun                24                Director
         Mr. Wang XiaoYang              45                Director
         Ms. Lu Yan Cheng               45                Director
</TABLE>

         ------------

Each director of the Company  holds office until the next annual  meeting of the
stockholders,  or until his  successor is elected and  qualified.  The Company's
by-laws provide for not less than one director.  The by-laws permit the Board of
Directors to fill any vacancy on the Board.  Officers serve at the discretion of
the Board of Directors.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

         MR. GAO WANJUN, CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

         Mr. Gao has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President
and CEO of the Company  since  December  1995.  In April  1992,  Mr. Gao founded
Haitong and has been serving as the General  Manager  since then.  In April 1993
Mr. Gao  founded  Huayang  Industry  and  Commerce  (Shenyang)  Group  ("Huayang
Group"),  an  international  group of real estate  companies with  operations in
China,  Hong Kong and the United  States.  He has been  serving as  Chairman  of
Huayang Group since April 1993.

         MS. WANG YUFEI, SECRETARY AND DIRECTOR

         Ms. Wang has served as  Secretary  and  Director  of the Company  since
December  1995,  when she joined the Company.  Prior to working for the Company,
Ms. Wang was Secretary of Huayang  Industry and Commerce  (Shenyang)  Group Co.,
Ltd., a real estate development Company operating in Shenyang, China, from April
1994 through December 1995. Ms. Wang graduated from Liaoning University.

         MS. WANG XIAOLUAN, VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND DIRECTOR

         Ms.  Wang has served as the Vice  President,  CFO and  Director  of the
Company  since  December  1995.  She joined  Haitong in April 1992 and served as
Financial General Manager of Haitong from April 1992 to December 1999 and became
chairman  of Haitong in  December  1999.  In October  1997 she  founded  Huayang
Property Management Co., Ltd. and has been serving as Chairman. She was educated
at Northeastern Finance University. She is Mr. Gao's wife.

         MS. WANG XIAOYANG, DIRECTOR

         Ms. Wang joined the Company in December  1995 and  currently  serves as
manager of the international  department.  Prior to joining the Company Ms. Wang
was a senior manager for  international  trade of Dailan  Friendship  Group from
April 1983 to October 1995. She was educated in Dailan Financial College.

         MR. WANG TIEJUN, DIRECTOR

         Mr. Wang has served as assistant financial manager of the Company since
he joined the  Company in December  1995.  Prior to joining the Company Mr. Wang
was a student at Shenyang Financial College.

         MS. LU YANCHENG, DIRECTOR

         Ms. Lu joined the Company as a financial  manager in December 1995, and
she has served as adirector of the Company  since  December  1998.  From October
1982 to June 1995 Ms. Lu was an executive in charge of the financial  department
in the Shenyang Educational Bureau.

ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         Currently,  none of the officers or directors are being remunerated for
their services to the Company.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

ITEM 7.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         On September 30, 1997, Haitong entered into a management  contract with
Huayang Real Estate Management  (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. ("HREM"),  of which Ms. Wan
XiaoLuan  (Mr.  Gao's wife and a Director of the  Company)  is Chairman  and the
controlling shareholder,  appointing HREM as the property management company for
properties  in Tower A. In China,  property  management  fees are  regulated and
approved by the  government.  The contract did not specify  amount of management
fees, but required HREM to obtain government approval for such fees.  Currently,
the fee is $1.645 per square meter,  which  includes  elevator  maintenance  and
heating charges. Terms of the agreement were made on an arms-length basis.


CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDER

         Huayang  International Trust (the "Trust"), a business domiciled on the
Isle of Man,  beneficially  owns  80% of the  outstanding  common  stock  of the
Company. The trust is controlled by Mr. Gao WanJun, the Chairman,  President and
CEO of the Company, as Trustee.  Mr. Gao, his wife Ms. Wang XiaoLuan,  and their
children are the  beneficiaries of the trust. Ms. Wang is the CFO and a director
of the Company.


ITEM 8.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

         The  authorized  capital  stock of the Company  consists of  50,000,000
shares of common  stock,  $0.02 par value per share.  On December 31, 1999 there
were issued and outstanding 7,500,807 shares of common stock.

COMMON STOCK

         The holders of the Company's common stock:

         o        are  entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted
                  on  by  stockholders  generally,  including  the  election  of
                  directors;

         o        do not have cumulative voting rights;

         o        do not have preemptive,  subscription or conversion rights and
                  there are no redemption  or sinking fund  provisions or rights
                  applicable thereto;

         o        are entitled to dividends  and other  distributions  as may be
                  declared  from time to time by the board of  directors  out of
                  any funds legally available for that purpose; and,

         o        will, upon the  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
                  Company,  share  ratably  in  the  distribution  of all of the
                  Company's  assets remaining  available for distribution  after
                  satisfaction  of all  of the  Company's  liabilities  and  the
                  payment  of the  liquidation  preference  of  any  outstanding
                  preferred  stock,  if such  stock is at any  time  authorized,
                  issued and outstanding.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

         All shares of the Company's common stock now outstanding are fully paid
and   non-assessable.   Reference   is  made  to  the   Company's   Articles  of
Incorporation,  By-Laws and the applicable statutes of the State of Nevada for a
more complete  description  of the rights and  liabilities of the holders of the
Company's common stock.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

         Some provisions of the Company's  Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws
may be deemed to have an anti-takeover  effect and may delay, defer or prevent a
tender offer or takeover  attempt that a stockholder  might consider in its best
interest,  including  those  attempts  that might  result in a premium  over the
market price for the shares held by our stockholders. These provisions include:

         o        Authorized  But Unissued  Shares.  The authorized but unissued
                  shares  of common  stock are  available  for  future  issuance
                  without stockholder  approval.  These additional shares may be
                  utilized for a variety of corporate  purposes including future
                  public  offerings  to  raise  additional  capital,   corporate
                  acquisitions  and employee  benefit  plans.  The  existence of
                  authorized  but  unissued  and  unreserved  common stock could
                  render more difficult or discourage an attempt to gain control
                  of the  Company  by means of a proxy  contest,  tender  offer,
                  merger or otherwise.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

         The transfer  agent and  registrar  for the  Company's  common stock is
Jersey Stock Transfer Company.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 1. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE  COMPANY'S  COMMON EQUITY AND OTHER
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

MARKET INFORMATION

         The  Company's  stock  was  delisted  from  the OTC  Bulletin  Board on
December 15, 1999.  There is currently no established  public trading market for
the Company's common stock.  Prior to its delisting,  the Company's common stock
consistently traded at $0.25 per share. The Company currently has no outstanding
options or warrants to purchase , or  securities  convertible  into,  the common
stock of the Company.  All of the Company's  outstanding shares of common stock,
however, are subject to sale pursuant to Rule 144.

DIVIDENDS

         The  Company  has not paid  dividends  and does not  anticipate  paying
dividends in the foreseeable  future.  The board of directors  intends to retain
earnings, if any, to finance growth of the Company.  Accordingly, any payment of
dividends  by the  Company in the future  will  depend upon the need for working
capital and the financial conditions of the Company at that time.

ITEM 2.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is not a party to, nor is any of its respective  properties
the subject of, any material pending legal or arbitration proceeding.


ITEM 3.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS

         The Company has not changed accountants in the last three fiscal years,
and there is no  disagreement  with its  accountants  concerning  accounting and
financial disclosure.

ITEM 4.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         None.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

ITEM 5.   INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

LIMITATION ON DIRECTOR'S LIABILITY

         In accordance with Section 78.037 of the Nevada General Corporation Law
("NGCL"),  the Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws provide that the directors
of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders
for monetary  damages for breach of duty as a director except (i) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company and its stockholders;  (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct,  or
knowing  violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends and unlawful
stock  repurchases and  redemptions;  or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. This provision does not eliminate
a director's  fiduciary  duties;  it merely eliminates the possibility of damage
awards  against  a  director  personally  which  may be  occasioned  by  certain
unintentional  breaches (including situations that may involve grossly negligent
business decisions) by the director of those duties. The provision has no effect
on the  availability  of  equitable  remedies,  such  as  injunctive  relief  or
rescission,  which might be  necessitated  by a director's  breach of his or her
fiduciary  duties.  However,  equitable  remedies  may  not  be  available  as a
practical matter where transactions  (such as merger  transactions) have already
been   consummated.   The  inclusion  of  this  provision  in  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  and  By-laws may have the effect of reducing  the  likelihood  of
derivative litigation against directors and may discourage or deter stockholders
or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty
of care,  even  though  such an action,  if  successful,  might  otherwise  have
benefited the Company and its stockholders.

INDEMNIFICATION

         The Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws  provides  that the Company
shall  indemnify  its officers,  directors,  employees and agents to the fullest
extent  permitted  by the NGCL.  Section  78.037 of the NGCL  provides  that the
Company may indemnify  any person who was or is a party,  or is threatened to be
made  a  party,  to  any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  action,  suit  or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
a  "derivative"  action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact
that  such  person  is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent of the
Company,  against expenses  (including  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably  believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company,  and, with respect
to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe was
unlawful.  A similar  standard of care is  applicable  in the case of derivative
actions,  except  that no  indemnification  shall be made  where  the  person is
adjudged  to be liable to the  Company,  unless and only to the extent  that the
Supreme  Court of the  State of Nevada or the  court in which  such  action  was
brought  determines  that such person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to such
indemnity and such expenses.


                                      -23-
<PAGE>


                                    PART F/S

         The Company's  bablance sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and the
relevant  statements of  operations,  changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for the period there ended have been audited by Moore Stephens  Frazer and
Torbet, LLP, independent certified public accountants, and have been prepared in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  pursuant  to
Regulation S-B as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission and are
included as follows:

INDEX

         CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  - YEARS  ENDED  DECEMBER  31, 1999
(UNAUDITED), DECEMBER 31, 1998 (AUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 (AUDITED)

         Independent Auditor's Report
         Balance Sheets
         Statements of Operations
         Statements of Stockholders' Equity
         Statements of Cash Flows
         Notes to Financial Statements



                                      -24-
<PAGE>


The Board of Directors
Huayang International Holdings, Inc.
  and Subsidiary



                          Independent Auditors' Report
                          ----------------------------

                  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
Huayang International Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998, and
the related consolidated  statements of income and comprehensive income, changes
in  shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audit.

                  We conducted our audit in accordance  with generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated   financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and  significant  estimates made by  management,  as well as evaluating the
overall financial statement  presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

                  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of
Huayang International Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998, and
the results of their  operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




                                                    Certified Public Accountants
                                                    Walnut, California

December 13, 1999


                                      -25-
<PAGE>
          HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY      EXHIBIT A
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
              AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997
              --------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                     Unaudited              Audited               Audited
                              ASSETS                                   1999                   1998                 1997
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------
ASSETS:
<S>                                                              <C>                    <C>                  <C>
    Cash                                                          $     133,909          $    612,612         $      64,843
    Due from related companies                                        5,552,284             6,723,273                     -
    Real estate rental property, net of accumulated depreciation
    of $444,487, $176,041 and $0, respectively                       29,936,767            30,537,878                     -
    Real estate held for development and sale                         8,537,500            13,698,204            50,633,836
    Investment in Hotel Group                                        15,625,814            15,615,298             7,223,453
    Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of
      $492,420, $391,382, and $281,946 respectively                     153,979               230,383               299,238
    Other assets                                                         34,678                69,516                     -
                                                                    ============           ===========          ============
            Total assets                                          $  59,974,931          $ 67,487,164         $  58,221,370
                                                                    ============           ===========          ============


               LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
    Deposits on real estate sales                                 $      57,767          $  3,332,050         $           -
    Due to related companies                                         16,087,749            14,844,178            15,222,607
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                          2,383,200             6,655,435            18,027,305
    Bank loans                                                       17,295,731            21,382,068            15,767,670
    Shareholder loans                                                    49,995                     -                     -
    Income tax payable                                                2,921,669             1,026,705                     -
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------
            Total liabilities                                     $  38,796,111          $ 47,240,436         $  49,017,582
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------


MINORITY INTEREST                                                 $   1,040,681          $    977,031         $      98,807
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------


SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
    Common Stock, $0.02 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares,
         7,500,807 shares issued and outstanding                        150,016               150,016         $     150,016
    Paid-in capital                                                  17,346,291            17,346,291             8,954,891
    Accumulated other comprehensive income                               42,619                33,519                32,906
    Retained earnings, Exhibit C                                      2,599,212             1,739,870               (32,832)
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------
            Total shareholders' equity                               20,138,138            19,269,696         $   9,104,981
                                                                    ------------           -----------          ------------

               Total liabilities and shareholders' equity         $  59,974,930          $ 67,487,163         $  58,221,370
                                                                    ============           ===========          ============

</TABLE>



                                      -26-
<PAGE>


           HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY        EXHIBIT B
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                         AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
         FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                  Unaudited             Audited            Audited
                                                                    1999                  1998               1997
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------
REVENUES:
<S>                                                          <C>                   <C>                 <C>
    Real estate sales                                         $     5,682,253       $   15,919,045      $          -
    Real estate rental income                                         858,305              196,022                 -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------
               Total revenues                                       6,540,558           16,115,067                 -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
    Cost of real estate sold                                        3,685,851           12,363,532                 -
    Real estate operating expenses                                                          18,005                 -
    Depreciation                                                      232,883              140,463                 -
    General and administrative                                        544,302              665,655                 -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------
               Total costs and expenses                       $     4,463,036       $   13,187,655      $          -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTEREST                    2,077,522            2,927,412                 -

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                                    $     1,154,530       $    1,051,467      $          -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------

INCOME BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST                                       922,992            1,875,945                 -

MINORITY INTEREST                                             $       (63,650)      $     (103,243)     $          -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------

NET INCOME                                                            859,342            1,772,702                 -

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
    Foreign currency translation adjustments                  $         9,100       $          613      $          -
                                                                --------------        -------------       -----------

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                          $       868,442       $    1,773,315      $          -
                                                                ==============        =============       ===========

NET INCOME PER SHARE (basic)                                  $          0.11       $         0.24      $          -
                                                                ==============        =============       ===========


</TABLE>



                                      -27-
<PAGE>


          HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY        EXHIBIT C
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Number           Common           Paid-in             Retained
                                                           of shares         stock            capital             earnings
                                                         --------------   -------------   -----------------    ---------------
      <S>                                                <C>             <C>             <C>                   <C>

       BALANCE, January 1, 1997                              7,500,807       $ 150,016         $ 6,986,935          $ (32,832)

          Additions to paid in capital                                                           1,967,956
          Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                         --------------   -------------   -----------------    ---------------

       BALANCE, December 31, 1997 - Audited                  7,500,807       $ 150,016         $ 8,954,891          $ (32,832)

          Net income, Exhibit B                                                                                     1,772,702
          Additions to paid in capital                                                           8,391,400
          Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                         --------------   -------------   -----------------    ---------------

       BALANCE, December 31, 1998-Audited                    7,500,807       $ 150,016        $ 17,346,291        $ 1,739,870

          Net income, Exhibit B                                                                                       859,342

          Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                                         --------------   -------------   -----------------    ---------------

       BALANCE, December 31, 1999 - Unaudited                7,500,807       $ 150,016        $ 17,346,291        $ 2,599,212
                                                         ==============   =============   =================    ===============

</TABLE>


                                                 Accumulated other
                                                  comprehensive
                                                     income          Totals
                                                 ---------------- --------------

 BALANCE, January 1, 1997                               $ 16,678    $ 7,120,797

    Additions to paid in capital                                      1,967,956
    Foreign currency translation adjustments              16,228         16,228
                                                 ---------------- --------------

 BALANCE, December 31, 1997 - Audited                   $ 32,906    $ 9,104,981

    Net income, Exhibit B                                             1,772,702
    Additions to paid in capital                                      8,391,400
    Foreign currency translation adjustments                 613            613
                                                 ---------------- --------------

 BALANCE, December 31, 1998-Audited                     $ 33,519    $19,269,696

    Net income, Exhibit B                                               859,342

    Foreign currency translation adjustments               9,100          9,100
                                                 ---------------- --------------

 BALANCE, December 31, 1999 - Unaudited                 $ 42,619    $20,138,138
                                                 ================ ==============

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY                                                     EXHIBIT D


                                                                                Unaudited        Audited           Audited
                                                                                  1999             1998             1997
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>                <C>
    Net income                                                              $      859,342   $    1,772,702    $           -
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
        operatingtactivities:
        Gain on sales of real estate                                            (1,996,402)      (3,555,513)               -
        Net cash proceeds from sales of real estate                              5,682,253       15,919,945                -
        Decrease (increase) in real estate development costs                     1,807,503       (6,880,397)     (16,323,502)
        Depreciation                                                               369,497          285,477                -
        Decrease in other assets                                                    34,838          668,057                -
        (Decrease) increase in account payable and accrued liabilities          (4,282,751)     (11,372,484)       5,427,247
        (Decrease) Increase in deposits on real estate sales                    (3,274,283)       3,332,050                -
        Increase in comprehensive income                                             9,100              613           16,228
        Increase in income taxes payable                                         1,894,964        1,026,706                -
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------
                                                                                                                           -
               Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities           $   1,104,061   $    1,197,156    $ (10,880,027)
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Investment in Hotel Group                                                $           -   $   (8,391,400)   $  (1,979,735)
    Purchase of property and equipment                                             (24,634)         (40,605)         (58,994)
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------

               Net cash used by investing activities                         $     (24,634)  $   (8,432,005)   $  (2,038,729)
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    (Payments) proceeds from short term bank loans                           $  (4,086,335)  $    5,614,698    $   4,707,922
    Increase (decrease) in advances from related companies                       2,414,560       (7,101,702)       5,985,528
    Proceeds from shareholder loans                                                 49,995                -        1,967,956
    Contributed capital                                                                  -        8,391,398                -
    Increase in minority interest                                                   63,650          878,224                -
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------

               Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities           $  (1,558,130)  $    7,782,618    $  12,661,406
                                                                              -------------    -------------     ------------

    Net increase in cash                                                          (478,703)         547,769         (257,350)

CASH, beginning of year                                                            612,612           64,843          322,193
                                                                              =============    =============     ============
CASH, end of year                                                             $    133,909   $      612,612    $      64,843
                                                                              =============    =============     ============

SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    Interest paid (net of interest capitalized of $666,627 in 1999
      and net of interest capitalized of $1,963.401 in 1998, and
       $3,554,748 in 1997)                                                    $          -   $             -    $           -
                                                                              =============    =============   ==============
                                                                              $          -   $             -    $           -
    Income taxes paid                                                         =============    =============   ==============

</TABLE>

                                      -29-
<PAGE>


                            HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                                 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       Summary of significant accounting policies

         a.       The reporting entity
                  --------------------

         The financial statements of Huayang  International  Holdings,  Inc. and
         Subsidiary (HIHI) reflect the activities and financial  transactions of
         its  subsidiary  Shenyang  Haitong House  Properties  Development  Ltd.
         (HAITONG).  HIHI has a 95% ownership interest in HAITONG. HIHI also has
         a less than  majority  ownership  interest  in three  other  companies,
         Changyang  International  Hotel (Shenyang) Co. Ltd. (HOTEL),  Changyuan
         (Shenyang) Park Ltd. (GARAGE) and Changhua (Shenyang) Business Co. Ltd.
         (BUSINESS CENTER)  collectively  referred to as HOTEL GROUP. See note 2
         for further explanation as to the formation of the Company.

                  HIHI is incorporated  under the laws of the State of Nevada in
         the United  States.  HAITONG,  HOTEL,  GARAGE and  BUSINESS  CENTER are
         incorporated under the laws of the People's Republic of China (PRC).

         b.       Principles of consolidation
                  ---------------------------

                  The  consolidated  financial  statements  of HIHI  include its
         subsidiary  HAITONG.   All  significant   inter-company   accounts  and
         transactions have been eliminated in the  consolidation.  HIHI accounts
         for its investment in HOTEL GROUP under the equity method.

         c.       Nature of operations and concentration of risk
                  ----------------------------------------------

                  HAITONG  is  in  the   business  of   developing  a  mixed-use
         (commercial and residential) building in Shenyang City Nanhu Scientific
         and  Technological   Development  Zone,  Liaoning  province,   People's
         Republic  of China.  Next to this  building  is a hotel  complex  under
         development  by  HOTEL.  Both  buildings  are on top of a podium  and a
         garage,  which are under  development by HAITONG,  BUSINESS  CENTER and
         GARAGE.

                  The real estate market and  hospitality  industries in PRC are
         affected by various economic and political  factors that are beyond the
         control  of HIHI.  The  ultimate  sales of  development  properties  of
         HAITONG,  in the opinion of management,  will exceed the costs incurred
         plus the costs to complete the development.

         d.       Real estate held for development and sale
                  -----------------------------------------

                  Real  estate  held for  development  and sale is stated at the
         lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable   value.   Expenditures  for  land
         development are  capitalized and are allocated to development  projects
         by the specific  identification method. Costs are allocated to specific
         units based on the ratio of the unit sales price to the estimated total
         project sales price times the total project costs.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

         e.       Property and equipment
                  ----------------------

                  Land use rights, building, furniture,  fixtures, equipment and
         automobiles  are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is computed using the
         straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful  lives of the assets,
         which range from 5 to 50 years.

                  The cost and related  accumulated  depreciation of assets sold
         or otherwise  retired are eliminated  from the accounts and any gain or
         loss is included in the  statement of income.  The cost of  maintenance
         and  repairs  is  charged to income as  incurred,  whereas  significant
         renewals and betterments are capitalized.  Depreciation expense for the
         year ended  December  31,  1997  amounted  to  $119,837  which has been
         capitalized as part of the development costs.

                  HIHI  acquired  land use rights from The People's  Republic of
         China for a period of fifty  years.  The cost of the  rights  have been
         capitalized  to the  real  estate  development  projects  and  once the
         constructed  assets  are  ready for their  intended  use,  the land use
         rights are amortized over the remaining useful life.

                  Long-term  assets of the Company are  reviewed  annually as to
         whether  their  carrying  value has become  impaired,  pursuant  to the
         guidelines  established in Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
         No.  121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and
         Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of" (SFAS 121). The Company considers
         assets  to be  impaired  if  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  future
         projected  cash  flows  from  related  operations.   The  Company  also
         re-evaluates   the  periods  of  amortization   to  determine   whether
         subsequent events and circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful
         lives.  As of December 31, 1997, the Company expects these assets to be
         fully recoverable.

         f.        Cash and concentration of risks
                   -------------------------------

                  For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  HIHI  considers
         all highly liquid  investments  purchased with an original  maturity of
         three months or less to be cash equivalents.

                  Cash  includes  cash on hand and demand  deposits  in accounts
         maintained  with  state-owned  banks  within the  People's  Republic of
         China. All cash in state-owned banks are not covered by insurance. HIHI
         has not  experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not
         exposed  to any  significant  risks on cash in bank  deposit  accounts.
         Uninsured balances were approximately $64,669 as of December 31, 1997.

         g.       Fair value of financial instruments
                  -----------------------------------

                  HIHI's   financial   instruments   include   cash   and   cash
         equivalents,  accounts payable and bank loans. Management has estimated
         that the carrying amount approximates fair value.

         h.       Foreign currency translation and transactions
                  ---------------------------------------------

                  The  financial  position of HIHI's  companies  are  determined
         using United  States  dollars as the  functional  currency.  Assets and
         liabilities  of  HIHI's  companies  are  translated  at

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

         the  prevailing  exchange  rate in effect at the  balance  sheet  date.
         Translation  adjustments  arising  from the use of  different  exchange
         rates from period to period are included in the cumulative  translation
         adjustment account in stockholders' equity.

         i.       Capitalized Interest
                  --------------------

                  HIHI  follows  the  policy  of  capitalizing   interest  as  a
         component of building construction costs. Total interest costs incurred
         for the year ended December 31, 1997 amounted to $3,554,748,  which was
         entirely capitalized as building construction costs.

         j.       Income taxes
                  ------------

                  HIHI adopted Statement of Financial  Accountant  Standards No.
         109,  "Accounting  for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109).  SFAS 109 requires the
         recognition  of  deferred  income  tax  liabilities  and assets for the
         expected  future tax  consequences  of  temporary  differences  between
         income  tax  basis  and  financial   reporting   basis  of  assets  and
         liabilities.  Provision for income taxes consist of taxes currently due
         plus deferred taxes.

                  The  operations of HAITONG and HOTEL are subject to the income
         tax law of  People's  Republic  of China  but not  subject  to the U.S.
         income tax except for repatriated dividends. HIHI has tax benefits from
         the net operating  loss carried  forward from its delisted  shell Power
         Capital Corporation  expiring through year 2009. The utilization of the
         loss to offset  future income is limited by law; it is more likely than
         not that such  deferred tax benefit will not be realized and  therefore
         an valuation  allowance of an  equivalent  amount is recorded to offset
         with the  deferred  tax asset.  The income tax effect of the  temporary
         differences as of December 31, 1998 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             <S>                                                               <C>
              Deferred tax asset resulting from deductible
                    temporary differences for utilization
                  of net operating loss carry forwards for
                      income tax purposes                                       $  115,000
                                                                                  ========

               Valuation allowance resulting from the potential
                  non-utilization of net operating loss carry-
                  forwards for income tax purposes                              $ (115,000)
                                                                                  ========
</TABLE>

                  No provision for deferred taxes has been made, as there are no
         temporary differences at this time.

         k.        Use of estimates
                   ----------------

                  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  amounts  reported in the
         consolidated  financial  statements and accompanying notes.  Management
         believes  that  the  estimates  utilized  in  preparing  its  financial
         statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ from
         these estimates.

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

2        Shareholders' Equity
         --------------------

                  HIHI has the following common shares as of December 31, 1997:

                  Authorized                                    50,000,000
                  Issued and outstanding                         7,500,807
                  Par value                                          $0.02

                  HIHI was formerly  known as Power  Capital  Corporation  (PCC)
         which its stock was  traded on the Over The  Counter  (OTC)  securities
         market under  NASDAQ.  PCC has been dormant for some years and has been
         delisted.  However,  immediately  prior  to  the  acquisition  and  the
         issuance  of common  shares as  described  below,  PCC has  issued  and
         outstanding common shares of 100,807 shares to various shareholders.

                  On December  29,  1995,  PCC signed an  Acquisition  Agreement
         (Agreement) as amended on January 5, 1996,  with Huayang  International
         Trust  (TRUST),  a business  domiciled in the Isle of Man,  whereas the
         TRUST would transfer its 95%, 20%, 20% and 20%  investments in HAITONG,
         HOTEL, GARAGE and BUSINESS CENTER, respectively, to PCC in exchange for
         6,000,000 shares of common stock of PCC. HIHI recorded this acquisition
         under the purchase  method of accounting  for a total purchase price of
         approximately  $17,500,000.  On January 5, 1996,  6,000,000 shares were
         issued to TRUST.  At the date of  acquisition,  PCC changed its name to
         HIHI.

                  The  transfer  of  ownership  in the  above  entities  must be
         approved by the  government  in the  People's  Republic  of China.  The
         transfers  were  formally  approved in March 1998.  The 1997  financial
         statements  however have reflected the ownership of the  investments as
         discussed  above as taking place at January  5,1996 in accordance  with
         the Acquisition Agreement.

                  On January 5, 1996,  HIHI  issued  1,400,000  shares of common
         stock of PCC to certain  entities and individuals in exchange for their
         consulting services at a value of $28,000.

                  HHI is also  authorized  to issue  preferred  stock with a par
         value of $.02.  The Board of Directors is  authorized  to establish the
         series,  fix and determine the rights,  preferences  and limitations of
         the preferred  stock.  As of December 31, 1997,  there was no preferred
         stock issued and outstanding.

3.       Real estate
         -----------

                  Real estate consists of the following:

         Real estate held for development and sale              $ 50,638,116
                                                                  ==========

                  The real estate is located in Shenyang,  the People's Republic
         of China.  Certain of these properties have been pledged to secure bank
         loans granted to HAITONG as more fully described in note 6.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

4.       Investment in Hotel Group
         -------------------------

                  Investment in HOTEL GROUP  consists of the following (see note
         2 for further discussion of the ownership):

         Share of net assets                          $  7,223,453
                                                         =========
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Place of           Ownership       Principal
         Name                                incorporation       Interest          activity
         ----                                -------------       --------          --------
        <S>                               <C>                   <C>             <C>
         Changyang International               The People's           20%          Hotel
           Hotel (Shenyang) Co. Ltd.       Republic of China                      peration
           (Hotel)

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Place of             Ownership     Principal
         Name                                incorporation          Interest      activity
         ----                                -------------          --------      --------
        <S>                               <C>                   <C>             <C>
         Changhua (Shenyang)                 The People's              20%            Business
           Business Co. Ltd.               Republic of China                          center,
           (Business Center)                                                   commercial and retail

         Changyuan (Shenyang)                 The People's             20%          Car parking
           Park Co. Ltd. (Garage)          Republic of China
</TABLE>

                  Shown below is summarized  financial  information  relative to
         the investments:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           BUSINESS
                                                   HOTEL                    CENTER                 GARAGE
                                                   -----                    ------                 ------
        <S>                                     <C>                     <C>                    <C>
         Balance Sheet:
             Assets                              $28,562,357             $20,816,684             $18,248,125
             Liabilities                          16,532,791               8,794,392               6,182,721
                                                  ----------              ----------              ----------

             Equity                               12,029,566              12,022,292              12,065,404
             Other Shareholders'
                Equity                             9,623,653               9,617,834               9,652,322
                                                   ---------               ---------               ---------
                HIHI, equity                     $ 2,405,913            $  2,404,458             $ 2,413,082
                                                   =========               =========               =========
</TABLE>

5.       Due from/to related companies
         -----------------------------

                  These amounts represent advances from the related companies to
         pay for  expenditures.  The amounts due from/to  related  companies are
         unsecured, interest-free and there are no fixed terms for repayment.

6.       Bank loans
- --       ----------

                  The bank  loans  bear  interest  ranging  from 8.42% to 13.32%
         annually and are secured by real estate (see note 3) under  development
         of HAITONG and a corporate guarantee given by a related company.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Bank loans consist of the following:
                 <S>                                                                       <C>
                  Loan from  China  Construction  Bank,  due  August  30,  1997,
                  quarterly   interest   only   payments  at  9.50%  per  annum,
                  guaranteed by a related
                  company, paid off in 1998                                                  $   362,336

                  Loan from China Construction Bank due May 15, 1998,  quarterly
                  interest only payments
                  at  8.42% per annum, unsecured                                                 120,779

                  Loan from China Construction Bank, due May 20, 1998, quarterly
                  interest  only  payments  at  8.42%  per  annum,   secured  by
                  properties and
                  guaranteed by a related company                                              1,207,787

                  Loan  from  China   Construction  Bank,  due  June  29,  1999,
                  quarterly interest only payments
                  at 10.30% per annum, secured by properties,
                  and guaranteed by a related company                                          1,811,682

                  Loan from China Construction Bank, due May 19, 1998,  interest
                  only payments at 8.42% per annum, guaranteed by a related
                  company                                                                        108,700

                  Loan from China  Construction  Bank,  due  February  12, 1999,
                  interest  only  payments  at 8.42% per annum,  guarantee  by a
                  related
                  company                                                                        229,480

                  Loan  from  China  Construction  Bank,  due  April  15,  1998,
                  interest  only  payments at 11.09 per annum,  guaranteed  by a
                  related
                  company                                                                      1,811,682

                  Loan  from  China  Construction  Bank,  due  April  30,  1998,
                  quarterly   interest   only   payments  at  9.50%  per  annum,
                  guaranteed by a
                  related company                                                                966,230

                  Loan from  China  Construction  Bank,  due  August  30,  1998,
                  quarterly   interest   only   payments  at  9.50%  per  annum,
                  guaranteed by a related
                  company                                                                        543,504

                  Loan from China Merchant Bank, due December 27, 1997, interest
                  only payments at 11.09% per annum, secured by bills of
                  exchange, paid off in 1998                                                     271,752
</TABLE>


                                      -35-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 <S>                                                                       <C>
                  Loan from China Merchant Bank, due
                  November 23, 1998, interest only payments
                  at  11.09% per annum, secured by properties                                  3,502,585

                  Loan from China  Construction  Bank,  due  December  20, 1998,
                  quarterly interest only payments at 11.69% per annum,  secured
                  by
                  properties                                                                   1,207,787

                  Loan from China Industrial Bank, due August 1, 1998, quarterly
                  interest only payments at 13.32% per annum, secured by
                  properties                                                                   3,623,366
                                                                                             -----------

                                                    Total                                    $15,767,670
                                                                                             ===========
</TABLE>

                  Principal  repayment  requirements  of all bank loans based on
         existing terms at December 31, 1997 are as follows:

                      YEAR ENDING                                     PRINCIPAL
                      DECEMBER 31                                     REPAYMENT
                      -----------                                     ---------
                           1998                                  $   13,955,988
                           1999                                       1,811,682
                           Thereafter                                    -

                  Total  interest  expense for the year ended  December 31, 1997
         amounted to $3,554,748.

7.       Segment reporting
         -----------------

                  In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued
         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures about
         Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS 131). SFAS No.
         131 requires the Company to disclose  information used by management to
         evaluate its individual business segments.  As the Company currently is
         engaged in only one business  segment,  no additional  disclosures  are
         required.  The Company's net investment in and the operating results of
         its various real estate  activities  may be derived  directly  from the
         accompanying consolidated financial statements.

8.       Year 2000
         ---------

                  HIHI  recognizes the potential  implications  of the Year 2000
         (Y2K)  issue on systems  that may  contain  date-related  transactions,
         data, embedded chips, etc. HIHI is presently on manual system and is in
         the process of  renovating or  replacing,  as  necessary,  the computer
         applications and business  processes to provide for continued  services
         in the new  millennium.  HIHI is also  assessing  the  preparedness  of
         external  entities that interface with HIHI.  There can be no assurance
         that there will not be a material adverse effect on HIHI if its actions
         and/or those  related  third  parties  fail to address all  significant
         issues in a timely manner.

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                  The costs of HIHI's Y2K  compliance  efforts  are  expensed as
         incurred and are being funded with cash flows from operations.  At this
         time,  the costs of these  efforts are not  expected to have a material
         effect to HIHI's financial  position or the results of their operations
         in any given period.

                                      -37-

<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 1.  INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit
Number            Description of Exhibits
- ------            -----------------------

3(a)(i)           Articles of Incorporation of the Company*
3(a)(ii)          Amendment  to the  Articles of  Incorporation  of the Company,
                  dated October 18, 1982.*
3(a)(iii)         Amendment  to the  Articles of  Incorporation  of the Company,
                  dated January 5, 1996.*
3(b)              Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company.*
10(a)(i)          Loan Contract  between the Shenyang  Haitong House  Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd. and Merchants  Bank  Shenyang  Branch,
                  dated November 15, 1999.*
10(a)(ii)         Mortgage  Contract  between  Shenyang Haitong House Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd. and Merchants  Bank  Shenyang  Branch,
                  dated November15, 1999.*
10(b)(i)          Loan  Contract   between  Shenyang  Haitong  House  Properties
                  Development  Co., Ltd. and Construction  Bank of China,  dated
                  December 9, 1999.*
10(b)(ii)         Mortgage  Contract  between  Shenyang Haitong House Properties
                  Development  Co., Ltd. and Construction  Bank of China,  Dated
                  December 9, 1999.*
10(c)(i)          Loan  Contract   between  Shenyang  Haitong  House  Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd  and  China  Construction  Bank,  dated
                  December 29, 1999.*
10(c)(ii)         Mortgage  Contract  between  Shenyang Haitong House Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd  and  China  Construction  Bank,  dated
                  December 29, 1999.*
10(d)(i)          Loan  Contract   between  Shenyang  Haitong  House  Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd  and  China  Construction  Bank,  dated
                  December 30, 1999.*
10(d)(ii)         Mortgage  Contract  between  Shenyang Haitong House Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd  and  China  Construction  Bank,  dated
                  December 30, 1999.*
10(e)             Management  Contract between Shenyang Haitong House Properties
                  Development  Co.,  Ltd.  and Huayang  Real  Estate  Management
                  (Shenyang) Co., Ltd.*
10(f)             Form of Lease Agreement.*
10(g)             Management  Contract  between  Changyang  Hotel  International
                  (Shenyang)   Co.,  Ltd.  and  Sheraton   Overseas   Management
                  Corporation, dated September 15, 1995.*
10(h)             Amendment  to  Management  Contract  between  Changyang  Hotel
                  International  (Shenyang)  Co.,  Ltd.  and  Sheraton  Overseas
                  Management Corporation, dated April 28, 1998.*
21                Subsidiaries of the Company.*
23.1              Consent of Moore Stevens Frazer & Torbet, LLP.*
27.1              Financial Data Schedule*

- ------------------
*  Filed herewith


ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS



                                      -38-
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  as amended,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized.

DATE:  March 28, 2000                       Huayang International Holdings, Inc.


                                            By: /s/ Gao WanJun
                                               -------------------
                                               Name:    Gao WanJun
                                               Title:   President

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Section 12 of the  Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  this  registration  statement has been signed
below by the following  persons in the  capacities  indicated on the 24th day of
January, 2000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Signature                                                        Title
                   ---------                                                        -----
<S>                                                    <C>
/s/ Gao WanJun                                          Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors,  Chief  Executive
- ----------------------------------------                Officer and President
Name:  Gao WanJun


/s/ Wang YuFei                                          Secretary and Director
- ----------------------------------------
Name: Wang YuFei


/s/ Wang XiaoLuan                                       Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
- ----------------------------------------
Name: Wang XiaoLuan


/s/ Wang XiaoYang                                       Director
- ----------------------------------------
Name: Wang XiaoYang


/s/ Wang TieJun                                         Director
- ----------------------------------------
Name: Wang TieJun


/s/ Lu YanCheng                                         Director
- ----------------------------------------
Name: Lu YanCheng

</TABLE>

                               THE STATE OF NEVADA

                       [GRAPHIC OMITTED][GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                               DEPARTMENT OF STATE



          I, Wm D. Swackhamer,  the duly elected Secretary of State of the State
of  Nevada,  do hereby  certify  that the  annexed is a true,  full and  correct
transcript of the original Articles of Incorporation of




                        POWER OF CONSERVATION CORPORATION
                        ---------------------------------



as the same appears on file and of record in this office.



                                                     IN       WITNESS WHEREOF, I
                                                              have  hereunto act
                                                              my    hand     and
                                                              affixed  the Great
                                                              Seal of State,  at
                                                              my    office    in
                                                              Carson       City,
                                                              Nevada,       this
                                                              THIRTEENTH  day of
                                                              July, A.D., 1978




                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                             Secretary of State



                                       By:______________________________________

<PAGE>


                            ARTICLE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION




         The undersigned  incorporatore  of Power  Conservation  Corporation,  a
corporation  formed  pursuant  to the laws of the  State of  Nevada,  sign  this
statement to set forth the action as follows:

          FIRST:  The Charter of the  corporation was issued by the Secretary of
State of Nevada on July 13, 1978.

          SECOND:  A  certified  copy of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and A
Designation  of  Resident  Agent  were  filed  with the Clerk of Court of Washoe
County, Reno, Nevada.

          THIRD:  The  original  Charter is  inserted  in the Minute Book of the
corporation.

          FOURTH:  A certified copy of the Articles of Incorporation is inserted
in the Minute Book of the corporation.

          FIFTH:  The By-Laws annexed to the Minute Book of the corporation have
been adopted for the By-Laws of Power Conservation Corporation.

          SIXTH:  The following named persons have been nominated and elected by
the incorporators as directors of the corporation to hold office until the first
annual  meeting of  shareholders  and until  their  successors  are  elected and
qualified: THOMAS P. REGAN, ARTHUR SIEGE and B. J. NOBLE HASSEL.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we the incorporators have signed this ____________
- -------------------------------------------------.


                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Alexander H. Walker, Jr.


                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Laurie J. Bangart


                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Mary Jo Laramie



<PAGE>
                            ARTICLE OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION


                                     * * * *


                  We have  undersigned,  have voluntarily  associated  ourselves
together for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of
Nevada  relating  to  private  corporations,  and to that  end do  hereby  adopt
articles of incorporation as follows:

         ARTICLE One. (NAME). The name of the corporation is:

                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION

         ARTICLE Two.  (location).  the address of the  corporation's  principal
office is Suite 1400 First National Bank Building, One East First Street, in the
City of Reno, County of Washoe,  State of Nevada.  The initial agent for service
of process at that address is Nevada Agency & Trust Company.

         ARTICLE Three.  (PURPOSES).  The purposes for which the  corporation is
organized  are to engage in any  activity or business  nor in conflict  with the
laws of the State of Nevada or of the  United  States of  America,  and  without
limiting the generally of the foregoing, specifically:

                  I.  (OMNIBUS).  To have and to exercise  all the powers now or
         hereafter   conferred   by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada  upon
         corporations organized pursuant to the laws under which the corporation
         is organized and any and all acts amendatory  thereof and  supplemental
         thereto.

                  II.  (POWER  MANAGEMENT).  To engage in a general  business of
         power  management  including,  but not limited to, the  development and
         sales of energy devices for commercial and household users whether such
         inventions, devices, or programs are software or hardware.

                  III. (ENERGY BUREAU).  To establish offices for the purpose of
         testing  and  evaluating   the  use  and   disposition  of  energy  and
         energy-related products.

                  IV. (REAL  PROPERTY).  To purchase,  or in any way acquire for
         investment or for sale or otherwise,  lands, contracts for the purchase
         or sale of lands, buildings,  improvements, and any other real property
         of any kind or any interest therein,  and as the consideration for same
         to pay cash or to issue the capital stock,  debenture  bonds,  mortgage
         bonds, or other  obligations of the corporation,  and to sell,  convey,
         lease, mortgage, deed of trust, turn to account, or otherwise deal with
         all or any part of the property of the corporation;  to make and obtain
         loans upon real  estate,  improved  or

<PAGE>

         unimproved,  and upon personal property,  giving or taking evidences of
         indebtedness and securing the payment thereof by mortgage,  trust deed,
         pledge or  otherwise;  and to enter into  contracts  to buy or sell any
         property,  real or personal;  to buy and sell  mortgages,  trust deeds,
         contracts,  and  evidence of  Indebtedness;  to  purchase or  otherwise
         acquire,  for the purpose of holding or disposing of the same,  real or
         personal  property of every kind and  description,  including  the good
         will, stock, rights, and property of any person, firm, association,  or
         corporation; and to draw, make, accept, indorse, discount, execute, and
         issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures,
         and other negotiable or transferable instruments, or obligations of the
         corporation,  from time to time,  for any of the objects or purposes of
         the corporation, without restriction or limit as to amount.

                  V. (REAL  ESTATE  DEVELOPMENT).  To engage in the  business of
         purchasing,  leasing,  and  developing  real estate,  including but not
         limited to,  subdivisions,  towns, and tracts;  the construction of any
         and all buildings, sewer lines, off-site improvements,  and any and all
         structures  necessary or required in connection with the development of
         real  estate  generally;  and the  doing of any and  every act or thing
         proper,  necessary,  and  incidental  to the  general  purpose  of this
         company.

                  VI. (CARRYING ON BUSINESS OUTSIDE STATE). To conduct and carry
         on its business or any breach  thereof in any state or territory of the
         United States or in any foreign  country in conformity with the laws of
         such state,  territory, or foreign country, and to have and maintain in
         any state, territory or foreign country a business office, plant, store
         or other facility.

                  VII.  (PURPOSES  TO BE  CONSTRUED  AS  POWERS).  The  purposes
         specified  herein  shall be  construed  both as purposes and powers and
         shall be in no wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference
         from, the terms of any other clause in this or any other  article,  but
         the purposes and powers  specified in each of the clauses  herein shall
         be regarded as independent  purposes and powers, and the enumeration of
         specific  purposes  and  powers  shall  not be  construed  to  limit or
         restrict in any manner the  meaning of general  terms or of the general
         powers of the  corporation;  nor shall the  expression  of one thing be
         deemed to exclude another, although it be of like nature not expressed.

          ARTICLE Four. (CAPITAL STOCK). The corporation shall have authority to
issue an aggregate of THREE MILLION (3,000,000) shares of capital stock having a
pare value of TWO CENTS ($0.02) per share.

          No  holder  of shares of  capital  stock of the  corporation  shall be
entitled,  as such, to any pre-emptive or preferential right to subscribe to any
unissued  stock  or any  other  securities  which  the  corporation  may  now or
thereafter be authorized to issue.

          The  corporation's  capital  stock may be issued and sold from time to
time for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors,  provided
that the consideration so fixed is not less than par value.



                                      -2-

<PAGE>


          Cumulative  voting in the elections of Directors at all  stockholders'
meetings, whether they be annual or special, shall not be permitted.

          ARTICLE  Five.  (DIRECTOR).  The affairs of the  corporation  shall be
governed by a Board of Directors of not less than three (3) directors. The names
and addresses of the members of the first Board of Directors are:

NAME                                             ADDRESS
- ----                                             -------

Alexander H. Walker, Jr.                         840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Laurie J. Bangart                                840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Mary Jo Laramie                                  840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133


          Directors  of the  corporation  need not be  residents of the State of
Nevada and need not own shares of the corporation's stock.

          ARTICLE   Six.   (INCORPORATORS).   The  name  and   address  of  each
incorporatator of the corporation is as follows:

NAME                                               ADDRESS
- ----                                               -------

Alexander H. Walker, Jr.                           840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Laurie J. Bangart                                  840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Mary Jo Laramie                                    840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133

          ARTICLE Seven.  (PERIOD OF EXISTENCE).  The period of existence of the
corporation shall be perpetual.

          ARTICLE Eight. (by-laws). the initial By-Laws of the corporation shall
be adopted by its Board of Directors.  The power to alter,  amend, or repeal the
By-Laws,  or to adopt new  By-Laws,  shall be vested in the Board of  Directors,
except as otherwise may be specifically provided in the By-Laws.

          ARTICLE Nine. (STOCKHOLDERS  MEETINGS).  Meeting of stockholders shall
be held at such place  within or without  the State of Nevada as may be provided
by the By-Laws of the  corporation.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be
called by the President or any other ______________________





                                      -3-



<PAGE>


          ARTICLE  Ten.  (CONTRACTS  OF  CORPORATION).   No  contract  or  other
transaction between the corporation and any other corporation,  whether or not a
majority of the share of the capital stock of such other corporation is owned by
this corporation, and no act of this corporation, and no act of this corporation
shall  in any  way be  affected  or  invalidated  by the  fact  that  any of the
directors  or  officers  of  such  other  corporation.   Any  director  of  this
corporation,  individually,  or any firm of which such director may be a member,
may be a party to, or may be pecuniary or otherwise  interested  in any contract
or transaction of the corporation;  provided,  however, that the fact that he or
such firm is so  interested  shall be  disclosed or shall have been known to the
Board of Directors of this corporation,  or a majority thereof; and any director
of this corporation who is also a director or officer of such other corporation,
or who is so interested, may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum
at any  meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  of this  corporation  that  shall
authorize such contract or transaction, with like force and effect as if he were
not such director or officer or such other corporation or not so interested.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned   Incorporators  have
hereunto fixed their  signatures at Salt Lake City, Utah, this 12th day of July,
1978.

                                                 ------------------------------
                                                    Alexander H. Walker, Jr.



                                                 ------------------------------
                                                        Mary Jo Laramie

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


STATE OF UTAH                           )
                                        )
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE                     )

                  On the 12th day of July, 1978,  before me, the undersigned,  a
Notary Public,  personally appeared Alexander H. Walker, Jr., Laurie J. Bangart,
and Mary Jo Laramie, known to me to be the persons described in and who executed
the foregoing instrument, and who acknowledged to me that they executed the same
freely and voluntarily and for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto get my hand and affixed my
official seal the day and year in this certificate first above written.





                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public
                                                   Residing in Sandy, Utah


My commission expires:


February 22, 1980
- -----------------

<PAGE>


                                    AMENDMENT
                       TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION

                  Pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  78.385 of the Nevada
Revised Statutes, Power Conservation Corporation adopts the following amendments
to its Articles of Incorporation:

1. The  undersigned  certify  that on the 10th day of  March,  1982,  a  Special
Meeting of the Board of Directors  was duly held and convened at which there was
present a quorum of the Board of Directors  meeting  throughout all  proceedings
and at which time the  following  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted by the
Board of Directors:

                  BE IT  RESOLVED:  That the  Secretary  of  Power  Conservation
                  Corporation  is hereby  authorized,  directed and empowered to
                  serve   notice  upon  each  and  every   stockholder   of  the
                  corporation  as their names and addresses  appear on the books
                  and records of the  corporation as of the close of business on
                  March 10, 1982,  of a special  meeting of  shareholders  to be
                  held and convened on March 30, 1982 at 2:00 p.m.,  local time,
                  at Suite 201, 5600 Executive Center, Charlotte, North Carolina
                  for the following purpose:

                           To amend the Articles of  Incorporation to change the
                           name  of  the  corporation  from  Power  Conservation
                           Corporation to Power Capital Corporation.

2. A Special  Meeting of the  Stockholders  was held on March 30, 1982, at Suite
201, 5600 Executive Center,  Charlotte,  North Carolina at 2:00 p.m., local time
and with regard thereto, the undersigned certify as follows:

                    a) Notice of the Special Meeting of Stockholders  was mailed
                    to each and every stockholder on March 10, 1982.

                    b) There were present either by proxy or in person 1,333,100
                    shares of the 1,904,425 shares outstanding in the
                    corporation.

                    c) That the proposal to amend the Articles of  Incorporation
                    which is set  forth as  follows  was  adopted  by  1,333,100
                    shares and no shares were voted against the proposal.

                    d) The  amendment  to the  Articles of  Incorporation  is as
                    follows:



<PAGE>


             ARTICLE ONE. [NAME]. The name of corporation shall be:

                            POWER CAPITAL CORPORATION

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned  hereunto  signature this
14th day of October, 1982.

                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION



By______________________________
     Charles Hogan
     Vice President



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA                                       )
                                                              )  ss.
COUNTY OF ________________                                    )

          On this 18th day of October,  1982, before me,  undersigned,  a Notary
Public,  personally  appeared  the elected  Vice  President  POWER  CONSERVATION
CORPORATION,  known to be the person who executed the  foregoing  amendment  the
Articles of  Incorporation  and who  acknowledged  that they  executed  the same
freely and voluntarily on behalf of POWER CONSERVATION  CORPORATION for the uses
and purposes therein mentioned.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set my ____  and  affixed  my
official seal the day and year in ____ amendment first above written.


                                 -----------------------------------------
                                 Notary Public
                                 Residing in ________________

My Commission Expires:

- ---------------------


                            ARTICLE OF INCORPORATION


                                       OF


                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION


                                     * * * *


                  We have  undersigned,  have voluntarily  associated  ourselves
together for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of
Nevada  relating  to  private  corporations,  and to that  end do  hereby  adopt
articles of incorporation as follows:

         ARTICLE One. (NAME). The name of the corporation is:

                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION

         ARTICLE Two.  (location).  the address of the  corporation's  principal
office is Suite 1400 First National Bank Building, One East First Street, in the
City of Reno, County of Washoe,  State of Nevada.  The initial agent for service
of process at that address is Nevada Agency & Trust Company.

         ARTICLE Three.  (PURPOSES).  The purposes for which the  corporation is
organized  are to engage in any  activity or business  nor in conflict  with the
laws of the State of Nevada or of the  United  States of  America,  and  without
limiting the generally of the foregoing, specifically:

                  I.  (OMNIBUS).  To have and to exercise  all the powers now or
         hereafter   conferred   by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Nevada  upon
         corporations organized pursuant to the laws under which the corporation
         is organized and any and all acts amendatory  thereof and  supplemental
         thereto.

                  II.  (POWER  MANAGEMENT).  To engage in a general  business of
         power  management  including,  but not limited to, the  development and
         sales of energy devices for commercial and household users whether such
         inventions, devices, or programs are software or hardware.

                  III. (ENERGY BUREAU).  To establish offices for the purpose of
         testing  and  evaluating   the  use  and   disposition  of  energy  and
         energy-related products.

                  IV. (REAL  PROPERTY).  To purchase,  or in any way acquire for
         investment or for sale or otherwise,  lands, contracts for the purchase
         or sale of lands, buildings,  improvements, and any other real property
         of any kind or any interest therein,  and as the consideration for same
         to pay cash or to issue the capital stock,  debenture  bonds,  mortgage
         bonds, or other  obligations of the corporation,  and to sell,  convey,
         lease, mortgage, deed of trust, turn to account, or otherwise deal with
         all or any part of the property of the corporation;  to make and obtain
         loans upon real  estate,  improved  or

<PAGE>

         unimproved,  and upon personal property,  giving or taking evidences of
         indebtedness and securing the payment thereof by mortgage,  trust deed,
         pledge or  otherwise;  and to enter into  contracts  to buy or sell any
         property,  real or personal;  to buy and sell  mortgages,  trust deeds,
         contracts,  and  evidence of  Indebtedness;  to  purchase or  otherwise
         acquire,  for the purpose of holding or disposing of the same,  real or
         personal  property of every kind and  description,  including  the good
         will, stock, rights, and property of any person, firm, association,  or
         corporation; and to draw, make, accept, indorse, discount, execute, and
         issue promissory notes, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures,
         and other negotiable or transferable instruments, or obligations of the
         corporation,  from time to time,  for any of the objects or purposes of
         the corporation, without restriction or limit as to amount.

                  V. (REAL  ESTATE  DEVELOPMENT).  To engage in the  business of
         purchasing,  leasing,  and  developing  real estate,  including but not
         limited to,  subdivisions,  towns, and tracts;  the construction of any
         and all buildings, sewer lines, off-site improvements,  and any and all
         structures  necessary or required in connection with the development of
         real  estate  generally;  and the  doing of any and  every act or thing
         proper,  necessary,  and  incidental  to the  general  purpose  of this
         company.

                  VI. (CARRYING ON BUSINESS OUTSIDE STATE). To conduct and carry
         on its business or any breach  thereof in any state or territory of the
         United States or in any foreign  country in conformity with the laws of
         such state,  territory, or foreign country, and to have and maintain in
         any state, territory or foreign country a business office, plant, store
         or other facility.

                  VII.  (PURPOSES  TO BE  CONSTRUED  AS  POWERS).  The  purposes
         specified  herein  shall be  construed  both as purposes and powers and
         shall be in no wise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference
         from, the terms of any other clause in this or any other  article,  but
         the purposes and powers  specified in each of the clauses  herein shall
         be regarded as independent  purposes and powers, and the enumeration of
         specific  purposes  and  powers  shall  not be  construed  to  limit or
         restrict in any manner the  meaning of general  terms or of the general
         powers of the  corporation;  nor shall the  expression  of one thing be
         deemed to exclude another, although it be of like nature not expressed.

          ARTICLE Four. (CAPITAL STOCK). The corporation shall have authority to
issue an aggregate of THREE MILLION (3,000,000) shares of capital stock having a
pare value of TWO CENTS ($0.02) per share.

          No  holder  of shares of  capital  stock of the  corporation  shall be
entitled,  as such, to any pre-emptive or preferential right to subscribe to any
unissued  stock  or any  other  securities  which  the  corporation  may  now or
thereafter be authorized to issue.

          The  corporation's  capital  stock may be issued and sold from time to
time for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board of Directors,  provided
that the consideration so fixed is not less than par value.



                                      -2-

<PAGE>


          Cumulative  voting in the elections of Directors at all  stockholders'
meetings, whether they be annual or special, shall not be permitted.

          ARTICLE  Five.  (DIRECTOR).  The affairs of the  corporation  shall be
governed by a Board of Directors of not less than three (3) directors. The names
and addresses of the members of the first Board of Directors are:

NAME                                             ADDRESS
- ----                                             -------

Alexander H. Walker, Jr.                         840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Laurie J. Bangart                                840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Mary Jo Laramie                                  840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                 Salt Lake City, Utah  84133


          Directors  of the  corporation  need not be  residents of the State of
Nevada and need not own shares of the corporation's stock.

          ARTICLE   Six.   (INCORPORATORS).   The  name  and   address  of  each
incorporatator of the corporation is as follows:

NAME                                               ADDRESS
- ----                                               -------

Alexander H. Walker, Jr.                           840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Laurie J. Bangart                                  840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133
Mary Jo Laramie                                    840 Kennecott Bldg.
                                                   Salt Lake City, Utah  84133

          ARTICLE Seven.  (PERIOD OF EXISTENCE).  The period of existence of the
corporation shall be perpetual.

          ARTICLE Eight. (by-laws). the initial By-Laws of the corporation shall
be adopted by its Board of Directors.  The power to alter,  amend, or repeal the
By-Laws,  or to adopt new  By-Laws,  shall be vested in the Board of  Directors,
except as otherwise may be specifically provided in the By-Laws.

          ARTICLE Nine. (STOCKHOLDERS  MEETINGS).  Meeting of stockholders shall
be held at such place  within or without  the State of Nevada as may be provided
by the By-Laws of the  corporation.  Special meetings of the stockholders may be
called by the President or any other ______________________





                                      -3-



<PAGE>


          ARTICLE  Ten.  (CONTRACTS  OF  CORPORATION).   No  contract  or  other
transaction between the corporation and any other corporation,  whether or not a
majority of the share of the capital stock of such other corporation is owned by
this corporation, and no act of this corporation, and no act of this corporation
shall  in any  way be  affected  or  invalidated  by the  fact  that  any of the
directors  or  officers  of  such  other  corporation.   Any  director  of  this
corporation,  individually,  or any firm of which such director may be a member,
may be a party to, or may be pecuniary or otherwise  interested  in any contract
or transaction of the corporation;  provided,  however, that the fact that he or
such firm is so  interested  shall be  disclosed or shall have been known to the
Board of Directors of this corporation,  or a majority thereof; and any director
of this corporation who is also a director or officer of such other corporation,
or who is so interested, may be counted in determining the existence of a quorum
at any  meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  of this  corporation  that  shall
authorize such contract or transaction, with like force and effect as if he were
not such director or officer or such other corporation or not so interested.

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned   Incorporators  have
hereunto fixed their  signatures at Salt Lake City, Utah, this 12th day of July,
1978.

                                                 ------------------------------
                                                    Alexander H. Walker, Jr.



                                                 ------------------------------
                                                        Mary Jo Laramie

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


STATE OF UTAH                           )
                                        )
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE                     )

                  On the 12th day of July, 1978,  before me, the undersigned,  a
Notary Public,  personally appeared Alexander H. Walker, Jr., Laurie J. Bangart,
and Mary Jo Laramie, known to me to be the persons described in and who executed
the foregoing instrument, and who acknowledged to me that they executed the same
freely and voluntarily and for the uses and purposes therein mentioned.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto get my hand and affixed my
official seal the day and year in this certificate first above written.





                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Notary Public
                                                   Residing in Sandy, Utah


My commission expires:


February 22, 1980
- -----------------

<PAGE>


                                    AMENDMENT
                       TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION

                  Pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  78.385 of the Nevada
Revised Statutes, Power Conservation Corporation adopts the following amendments
to its Articles of Incorporation:

1. The  undersigned  certify  that on the 10th day of  March,  1982,  a  Special
Meeting of the Board of Directors  was duly held and convened at which there was
present a quorum of the Board of Directors  meeting  throughout all  proceedings
and at which time the  following  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted by the
Board of Directors:

                  BE IT  RESOLVED:  That the  Secretary  of  Power  Conservation
                  Corporation  is hereby  authorized,  directed and empowered to
                  serve   notice  upon  each  and  every   stockholder   of  the
                  corporation  as their names and addresses  appear on the books
                  and records of the  corporation as of the close of business on
                  March 10, 1982,  of a special  meeting of  shareholders  to be
                  held and convened on March 30, 1982 at 2:00 p.m.,  local time,
                  at Suite 201, 5600 Executive Center, Charlotte, North Carolina
                  for the following purpose:

                           To amend the Articles of  Incorporation to change the
                           name  of  the  corporation  from  Power  Conservation
                           Corporation to Power Capital Corporation.

2. A Special  Meeting of the  Stockholders  was held on March 30, 1982, at Suite
201, 5600 Executive Center,  Charlotte,  North Carolina at 2:00 p.m., local time
and with regard thereto, the undersigned certify as follows:

                    a) Notice of the Special Meeting of Stockholders  was mailed
                    to each and every stockholder on March 10, 1982.

                    b) There were present either by proxy or in person 1,333,100
                    shares of the 1,904,425 shares outstanding in the
                    corporation.

                    c) That the proposal to amend the Articles of  Incorporation
                    which is set  forth as  follows  was  adopted  by  1,333,100
                    shares and no shares were voted against the proposal.

                    d) The  amendment  to the  Articles of  Incorporation  is as
                    follows:



<PAGE>


             ARTICLE ONE. [NAME]. The name of corporation shall be:

                            POWER CAPITAL CORPORATION

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned  hereunto  signature this
14th day of October, 1982.

                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION



By______________________________
     Charles Hogan
     Vice President



STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA                                       )
                                                              )  ss.
COUNTY OF ________________                                    )

          On this 18th day of October,  1982, before me,  undersigned,  a Notary
Public,  personally  appeared  the elected  Vice  President  POWER  CONSERVATION
CORPORATION,  known to be the person who executed the  foregoing  amendment  the
Articles of  Incorporation  and who  acknowledged  that they  executed  the same
freely and voluntarily on behalf of POWER CONSERVATION  CORPORATION for the uses
and purposes therein mentioned.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have  hereunto  set my ____  and  affixed  my
official seal the day and year in ____ amendment first above written.


                                 -----------------------------------------
                                 Notary Public
                                 Residing in ________________

My Commission Expires:

- ---------------------


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            POWER CAPITAL CORPORATION


         THE UNDERSIGNED, certify that:

1. They are the  President  and the  Secretary,  respectively,  of POWER CAPITAL
CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation.

2. Article First of the corporation's  Articles of Incorporation is amended and,
as amended, reads as follows:

                     "FIRST: The name of this corporation is
                        'HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS,
                                    INC.'"

3. The corporation's  outstanding shares of common Stock were reverse split on a
one-for-230 basis.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, POWER CAPITAL CORPORATION has caused these Articles
of Amendment to be signed and  acknowledged by its President,  Roger F. Tompkins
and its Secretary, Bruce Tompkins, this 5th day of January, 1996.

                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                   Roger F. Tompkins, President



                                                -------------------------------
                                                      Bruce Tompkins, Secretary


<PAGE>


STATE OF GEORGIA

                                           SS:

COUNTY OF DEKALB


         On this 5th day of January,  1996,  before me the  undersigned  officer
personally appeared ROGER F. TOMPKINS known personally to me to be the President
of the above-named corporation,  and that he being authorized to do so, executed
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name
of the  corporation  by  himself as such  officer,  stated  that the  statements
therein contained are true and acknowledged to me that so executed the foregoing
instrument and that the statements therein contained are true.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

         (Notarial Seal)

                                                    ----------------------------
                                                              Notary Public

         On this 5th day of January,  1996,  before me the  undersigned  officer
personally appeared BRUCE TOMPKINS known personally to me to be the Secretary of
the above-named corporation, and that he being authorized to do so, executed the
foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained,  by signing the name of
the corporation by himself as such officer,  stated that the statements  therein
contained  are true and  acknowledged  to me that he so executed  the  foregoing
instrument and that the statements therein contained are true.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.

         (Notarial seal)

                                                    ----------------------------
                                                             Notary Public









                           BY LAWS FOR THE REGULATION
                     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                       OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                         POWER CONSERVATION CORPORATION


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     Offices

     Section 1. PRINCIPAL  OFFICE.  The principal  office for the transaction of
the business of the  corporation is hereby fixed and located at Suite 1400 First
National Bank Building,  Reno, Nevada, being the office of the Nevada Agency and
Trust Company. The Board of Directors is hereby granted full power and authority
to change said principal office from one location to another in said county.


     Section 2. OTHER OFFICES.  Branch or subordinate offices may at any time be
established  by the  Board  of  Directors  at any  place  or  places  where  the
corporation is qualified to do business.



                                   ARTICLE II


                            Meetings of Shareholders

     Section 1. MEETING PLACE. All annual meetings of shareholders and all other
meetings of shareholders  shall be held either at the principal office or at any
other place within or without the State of Nevada which may be designated either
by the Board of  Directors,  pursuant  to  authority  hereunder  granted to said
Board, or by the written consent of all  shareholders  entitled to vote thereat,
given  either  before of after  the  meeting  filed  with the  secretary  of the
corporation.

     Section 2. ANNUAL  MEETINGS.  The annual meetings of shareholders  shall be
held on the fourth  Wednesday of May each year, at the hour of 2:00 o'clock p.m.
of said day commencing with the year 1979, provided,  however,  that should said
day fall upon a legal



<PAGE>

holiday then any such annual meeting of  shareholders  shall be held at the same
time and place on the next day thereafter ensuing which is not a legal holiday.

         Written notice of each annual meeting signed by the president or a vice
president,  or the secretary, or an assistant secretary, or by such other person
or persons as the directors shall designate,  shall be given to each shareholder
entitled to vote thereat, either personally or by mail or other means of written
communication,  charges  prepaid,  addressed to such  shareholder at his address
appearing on the books of the corporation or given by him to the corporation for
the purpose of notice. If a shareholder gives no address, notice shall be deemed
to  have  been  given  to  him,  if sent by  mail  or  other  means  of  written
communication  addressed  to  the  place  where  the  principal  office  of  the
corporation  is situated,  or if  published  at least once in some  newspaper of
general  circulation  in the county in which said  office is  located.  All such
notices  shall be sent to each  shareholder  entitled  thereto not less than ten
(10) or more than sixty (60) days before each annual meeting,  and shall specify
the  place,  the day and the hour of such  meeting,  and  shall  also  state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

     Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders,  for any
purpose or purposes whatsoever, may be called at any time by the president or by
the Board of  Directors,  or by one or more  shareholders  holding not less than
one-fifth of the voting power of the corporation.  Except in special cases where
other  express  provision is made by statute,  notice of such  special  meetings
shall be given  in the same  manner  as for  annual  meetings  of  shareholders.
Notices of any special  meeting shall specify in addition to the place,  day and
hour of such meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

     Section  4.  ADJOURNED  MEETINGS  AND  NOTICE  THEREOF.  Any  shareholders'
meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned


                                      -2-

<PAGE>



from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares,  the holders of which
are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat, not in the absence
of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at any such meeting.

         When any shareholders'  meeting,  either annul or special, is adjourned
for thirty (30) days or more,  notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as
in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary
to give any notice of an  adjournment or of the business to be transacted at any
adjourned  meeting,  other  than by  announcement  at the  meeting at which such
adjournment is taken.

     Section 5. ENTRY OF NOTICE.  Whenever any shareholder  entitled to vote has
been absent  from any meeting of  shareholders,  whether  annual or special,  an
entry in the  minutes to the  effect  that  notice has been duly given  shall be
conclusive  and  incontrovertible  evidence  that due notice of such meeting was
given  to  such  shareholders,  as  required  by  law  and  the  By-Laws  of the
corporation.

     Section 6.  VOTING.  At all annual and  special  meetings  of  stockholders
entitled to vote thereat,  every holder of stock issued to a bona fide purchaser
of the same, represented by the holders thereof, either in person or by proxy in
writing,  shall have one vote for each share of stock so held and represented at
such  meetings,  unless the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of the  company  shall
otherwise  provide,  in which  event the voting  rights,  powers and  privileges
prescribed  in the said  Articles of  Incorporation  shall  prevail.  Voting for
directors and, upon demand of any stockholder,  upon any question at any meeting
shall be by ballot.

     Section 7.  QUORUM.  The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a
majority  of the shares  entitled to vote at a any meeting  shall  constitute  a
quorum for the  transaction  of  business.  The  shareholders  present at a duly
called or held  meeting at which a


                                      -3-

<PAGE>


quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding
the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

     Section  8.  CONSENT  OF  ABSENTEES.  The  truncations  of any  meeting  of
shareholders,  either annual or special, however called and noticed, shall be as
valid as though had at a meeting duly held after  regular call and notice,  if a
quorum be present  either in person or by proxy,  and if, either before or after
the meeting, each of the shareholders entitled to vote, not present in person or
by proxy,  sign a written Waiver of Notice,  or a consent in person or by proxy,
sign a written Waiver of Notice, or a consent to the holding of such meeting, or
an approval of the minutes  thereof.  All such  waivers,  consents or  approvals
shall be filed with the  corporate  records or made a part of the minutes of the
meeting.

     Section 9. PROXIES. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall
have the right to do so either in person or by an agent or agents  authorized by
a written proxy executed by such person or his duly  authorized  agent and filed
with the  secretary  of the  corporation;  provided  that no such proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution,
unless the  shareholder  executing  it  specifies  therein in length of time for
which such proxy is to continue in force,  which is no case shall  exceed  seven
(7) years from the date of its execution.

                                  ARTICLE III

     Section 1. POWERS.  Subject to limitations of the Articles of Incorporation
or the By-Laws,  and the provisions of the Nevada Revised  Statutes as to action
to be authorized or approved by the  shareholders,  and subject to the duties of
directors as prescribed by the By-Laws,  all corporate powers shall be exercised
by or under the  authority  of, and the business and affairs of the  corporation
shall be controlled by the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, it is hereby expressly
declared that the directors shall have the following powers, to wit:

     First: To select and remove all of the other officers, agents and employees
of the  corporation,  prescribe  such  powers  and duties for them as may not be
inconsistent  with law, with the Articles of Incorporation  or the By-Laws,  fix
their compensation, and require from them security for faithful service.

     Second:  To conduct,  manage and  control  the affairs and  business of the
corporation,  and to make such rules and regulations  therefor not  inconsistent
with law, with the Articles of  Incorporation  or the By-Laws,  as they may deem
best.

     Third: To change the principal office of the transaction of the business of
the corporation  from one location to another within the same county as provided
in Article I,  Section 1,  hereof;  to affix and locate from time to time one or
more  subsidiary  offices  of the  corporation  within or  without  the State of
Nevada,  as provided in Article I,  Section 2, hereof;  to  designate  any place
within or  without  the State of Nevada  for the  holding  of any  shareholders'
meeting  or  meetings;  and to  adopt,  make and use a  corporate  seal,  and to
prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal
and of such  certificates  from time to time, as in their judgment they may deem
best,  provided such seal and such  certificates  shall at all times comply with
the provisions of law.

     Fourth:  To authorize the issue of shares of stock of the corporation  from
time to time, upon such terms as may be lawful,  in consideration of money paid,
labor don or services  actually  rendered,  debts or  securities  cancelled,  or
tangible or  intangible  property  actually  received,  or in the case of shares
issued  as a  dividend,  against  amounts  transferred  from  surplus  to stated
capital.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>


     Fifth:  To borrow  money and incur  indebtedness  for the  purposes  of the
corporation,  and  to  cause  to be  executed  and  delivered  therefor,  in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures,  deeds of trust, mortgages,
pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor.

     Sixth:  To appoint  an  executive  committee  and other  committees  and to
delegate to the executive committee any of the powers and authority of the Board
in the  management  of the business and affairs of the  corporation,  except the
power to declare dividends and to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.  The executive
committee shall be composed of one or more directors.

     Section 2. NUMBER OF QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.  The authorized  number of
directors of the corporation shall be three (3) and no more than fifteen (15).

     Section 3. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The directors  shall be elected at
such annual meeting of shareholders, but if any such annual meeting is not held,
or the  directors are not elected  thereat,  the directors may be elected at any
special  meeting of  shareholders.  All directors  shall hold office until their
respective successors are elected.

     Section 4. VACANCIES. Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filed by a
majority of the  remaining  directors,  though less than a quorum,  or by a sole
remaining  director,  and each  director so elected  shall hold office until his
successor is elected at any annual or a special meeting of the shareholders.

         A vacancy or  vacancies  in the Board of  Directors  shall be deemed to
exist in case of the death,  resignation  or removal of any director,  or if the
authorized number of directors be increased,  or if the shareholders fail at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which


                                      -6-
<PAGE>


any director or  directors  are elected to elect the full  authorized  number of
directors to be voted for at that meeting.

         The  shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill
any vacancy or  vacancies  not filled by the  directors.  If Board of  Directors
accept the  resignation of a director  tendered to take effect at a future time,
the Board or the shareholders  shall have the power to elect a successor to take
office when the resignation is to become effective.

         No  reduction  of the  authorized  number of  directors  shall have the
effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

     Section 5. PLACE OF MEETING.  Regular  meetings  of the Board of  Directors
shall be held at any place within or without the State which has been designated
from  time to time by  resolution  of the  Board or by  written  consent  of all
members of the Board. In the absence of such designation  regular meetings shall
be held at the  principal  office of the  corporation.  Special  meetings of the
Board may be held either at a place so designated, or at the principal office.

     Section 6. ORGANIZATION MEETING.  Immediately following each annual meeting
of  shareholders,  the Board of Directors  shall hold a regular  meeting for the
purpose of  organization,  election of officers,  and the  transaction  of other
business. Notice of such meetings is hereby dispensed with.

     Section 7. OTHER REGULAR  MEETINGS.  Other regular meetings of the Board of
Directors  shall be held without  call on the fourth  Wednesday of each month at
the hour of 3:00 o'clock p.m. of said day;  provided,  however,  should said day
fall upon a legal  holiday,  then said meeting shall be held at the same time on
the next day thereafter ensuing which is not a legal holiday. Notice of all such
regular meetings of the Board of Directors is hereby dispensed with.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>


     Section 8. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors for
any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the president,  or, if he
is absent  or unable or  refuses  to act,  by any vice  president  or by any two
directors.

         Written  notice  of the time and  place of  special  meetings  shall be
delivered  personally to the directors or sent to each director by mail or other
form of written communication,  charges prepaid, addressed to him at his address
as it is shown  upon the  records of the  corporation,  or if it is not shown on
such records or is not readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings
of the  directors  are  regularly  held.  In  case  such  notice  is  mailed  or
telegraphed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the
telegraph  company in the place in which the principal office of the corporation
is located at least  forty-eight  (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of
the meeting. In case such notice is delivered as above provided,  it shall be so
delivered  at least  twenty-four  (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of
the meeting. In case such notice is delivered as above provided,  it shall be so
deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the telegraph company in the
place in which the  principal  office of the  corporation  is  located  at least
forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting.  In case
such notice is  delivered as above  provided,  it shall be so delivered at least
twenty-four  (24) hours  prior to the time of the holding of the  meeting.  Such
mailing,  telegraphing  or delivery as above  provided  shall be due,  legal and
personal notice to such director.  Section 9. NOTICE OF  ADJOURNMENT.  Notice of
the time and place of holding an  adjourned  meeting need not be given to absent
directors, if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned..

     Section 10. ENTRY OF NOTICE. Whenever any director has been absent from any
special meeting of the Board of Directors, as entry in the minutes to the effect
that  notice  has

                                      -8-

<PAGE>


been duly given  shall be  conclusive  and  incontrovertible  evidence  that due
notice of such special  meeting was given to such  director,  as required by law
and the By-Laws of the corporation.

     Section 11. WAIVER OF NOTICE.  The  transaction of any meeting of the Board
of Directors,  however called and noticed or wherever held, shall be as valid as
though had a meeting  duly held after  regular  call and notice,  if a quorum be
present,  and if, either before or after the meeting,  each of the directors not
present sign a written  waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or
an approval of the minutes  thereof.  All such  waivers,  consents or  approvals
shall be filed with the  corporate  records or made a part of the minutes of the
meeting.

     Section 12. QUORUM. A majority of the authorized  number of directors shall
be necessary to constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business,  except to
adjourn  as  hereinafter  provided.  Every  act or  decision  done  or made by a
majority of the  directors  present at a meeting  duly held at which a quorum is
present,  shall  be  regarded  as the act of the  Board of  Directors,  unless a
greater number be required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

     Section 13.  ADJOURNMENT.  A quorum of the  authorized  number of directors
shall be  necessary  to  constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of business,
except to adjourn as hereinafter provided. Every act or decision done or made by
a majority of the directors  present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is
present,  shall  be  regarded  as the act of the  Board of  Directors,  unless a
greater number be required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

     Section 14. FEES AND  COMPENSATION.  Directors shall not receive any stated
salary for their services as directors,  but by resolution of the board, a fixed
fee,  with or without  expenses of attendance  may be allowed for  attendance at
each  meeting.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  construed  to preclude any
director  from  serving  the  corporation  in any other  capacity as an officer,
agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

     Section 1. OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation shall be a president,
a vice president, a secretary,  and a treasurer.  The corporation may also have,
at the  discretion  of the Board of Directors,  a chairman of the Board,  one or
more additional vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries,  one or more
assistant treasurers,  and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance
with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article.  Officers other than president
and chairman of the board need not be directors. One person may hold two or more
offices, except that of president.

     Section 2. ELECTION. The officers of the corporation,  except such officers
as may be appointed in accordance  with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5
of this Article, shall be chosen annually the Board of Directors, and each shall
hold his  office  until he  shall  resign  or  shall  be  removed  or  otherwise
disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.

     Section 3.  SUBORDINATE  OFFICERS,  ETC. The Board of Directors may appoint
such other officers as the business of the corporation may appoint such officers
as the business of the corporation  may require,  each of whom shall hold office
for such period,  have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in
the By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

     Section 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer may be removed, either with
or without cause,  by a majority of the directors at the time in office,  at any
regular or special meeting of the Board.



                                      -10-


<PAGE>

         Any  officer  may  resign at any time by giving  written  notice to the
Board of Directors or t the president,  or to the secretary of the  corporation.
Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice
or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     Section  5.   VACANCIES.   A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in the By-Laws for regular appointments to such office.

     Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The chairman of the board, if there shall
be such an officer,  shall,  if present,  preside t all meetings of the Board of
Directors,  and  exercise  an d perform  such other power s and duties as may be
from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the
By-Laws.

     Section 7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be
given by the Board of Directors  to the chairman of the board,  if there be such
an  officer,  the  president  shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer  of  the
corporation  and shall,  subject to the control of the Board of Directors,  have
general  supervision,  direction and control of the business and officers of the
corporation.  He shall  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and in the
absence of the  chairman of the board,  or if there be none,  at all meetings of
the shareholders and in the absence of the chairman of the board, or if there be
none, at all meetings of the Board of directors. He shall be ex-officio a member
of all the standing committees,  including the executive committee,  if any, and
shall have the general  powers and duties of  management  usually  vested in the
office of the  president of the  corporation,  and shall have such other power s
and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.



                                      -11-

<PAGE>

     Section 8. VICE  PRESIDENT.  In the absence of disability of the president,
the vice  presidents  in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors,
or if not ranked, the vice president designated by the board of directors, shall
perform all the duties of the  president,  and when so acting shall have all the
power s of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  The vice
president  shall have such other  powers and perform  such other  duties as from
time to time may be prescribed for them  respectively  by the board of directors
or the By-Laws.

     Section 9. SECRETARY. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book
of minutes at the principal office or such other place as the Board of Directors
may order , of all meetings or  directors  and  shareholders,  with the time and
place of holding,  whether regular or special,  and if special,  how authorized,
the notice thereof given, the names of those present at directors' meetings, the
number of shares  present  or  represented  at  shareholders'  meetings  and the
proceedings thereof.

         The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office,
a share  register,  or a  duplicate  share  register,  showing  the names of the
shareholders and their addresses; the number and classes of shares held by each;
the number and date of certificates issued for the same; and the number and date
of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

         The  secretary  shall  give,  or cause to be  given,  notice of all the
meetings  of the  shareholder  and of the  Board of  Directors  required  by the
By-Laws or by law to be given,  and he shall keep the seal of the corporation in
safe custody,  and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

     Section 10. TREASURER.  The treasurer shall keep and maintain,  or cause to
be kept and  maintained,  adequate and correct  accounts of the  properties  and
business  transactions  of the



                                      -12-


<PAGE>

corporation,   including   accounts  of  its  assets,   liabilities,   receipts,
disbursements,   gains,  losses,  capital,  surplus  and  shares.  Any  surplus,
including  earned  surplus,  paid-in  surplus arising from a reduction of stated
capital,  shall be  classified  according  to  source  and  shown in a  separate
account.  The books of account  shall at all times be open to  inspection by any
director.

         The treasure  shall deposit all moneys and other  valuables in the name
and to the credit of the corporation with such depositories as may be designated
by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may
be  ordered  by the  Board of  Directors,  shall  render  to the  president  and
directors,  whenever they request it, an account of all of his  transactions  as
treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may be  prescribed by the Board of
Directors or the By-Laws.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                  Miscellaneous

     Section 1. RECORD DATE AND CLOSING STOCK BOOKS.  The Board of Directors may
fix a time, in the future, not exceeding fifteen (15) days preceding the date of
any meeting of  shareholders,  and not exceeding  thirty (30) days preceding the
date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or for the allotment
of rights,  or when any change or conversion or exchange of shares shall go into
effect, as a record date for the  determination of the shareholders  entitled to
notice of and to vote at any such  meeting,  or  entitled  to  receive  any such
dividend or  distribution,  or any such allotment of rights,  or to exercise the
rights in respect to any such change,  conversion or exchange of shares,  and in
such case only  shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to
notice  of  and  to  vote  at  such  meetings,  or  to  receive  such  dividend,
distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may
be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation
after any


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

record date fixed as  aforesaid.  The Board of Directors may close the
books of the  corporation  against  transfers of shares during the whole, or any
part of any such period.

     Section 2. INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS. The share register or duplicate
share  register,  the  books of  account,  and  minutes  of  proceedings  of the
shareholders and directors or the holder of a voting trust  certificate,  at any
reasonable  time,  and for a purpose  reasonably  related to his  interests as a
shareholder  , or as the  holder  of a voting  trust  certificate,  and shall be
exhibited  at any time when  required by the demand of ten percent  (10%) of the
shares represented at any shareholders'  meeting.  Such inspection may be deemed
in person  or by any agent or  attorney,  and  shall  include  the right to make
extracts.  Demand of inspection  other than at a shareholder s' meeting shall be
made in writing upon the  president,  secretary  or  assistant  secretary of the
corporation.

     Section 3.  CHECKS,  DRAFTS,  ETC.  All checks,  drafts or other orders for
payment of money,  notes or other evidences of indebtedness,  issued in the name
of or payable to the corporation,  shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons  and in such  manner  as,  from  time to time,  shall be  determined  by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 4. ANNUL REPORT.  The Board of Directors of the  corporation  shall
cause to be sent to the  shareholders  not later than one hundred  twenty  (120)
days after the close of the fiscal or calendar year an annual report.

     Section 5. CONTRACT, ETC., HOW EXECUTED. The Board of Directors,  except as
in the By-Laws otherwise provided, may authorize any officer or officers,  agent
or agents,  to enter into any contract,  deed or lease or execute any instrument
in the name of and on  behalf  of the  corporation,  and such  authority  may be
general or confined to specific instances; and unless so authorized by the Board
of Directors,  no officer,  agent or employees shall have any power




                                      -14-
<PAGE>

or authority to bind the  corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge
its credit to render it liable for any purpose or to any amount.

     Section 6.  CERTIFICATES  OF STOCK. A certificate or certificates of shares
of the capital stock of the corporation shall be issued to each shareholder when
any such shares are fully paid up. All such certificates  shall be signed by the
president or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant secretary, or be
authenticated  by facsimiles of the signatures or the president and secretary or
by a facsimile of the signatures of the president and the written  signatures of
the secretary or an assistant  secretary.  Every certificate  authenticated by a
facsimile of a signature must be  countersigned  by a transfer agent or transfer
clerk.

         Certificates  for shares may be issued prior to full payment under such
restrictions  and for such purposes as the Board of Directors or the By-Laws may
provide;  provided,  however,  that any such certificate so issued prior to full
payment  shall  state the  amount  remaining  unpaid  and the  terms of  payment
thereof.

     Section 7.  REPRESENTATIONS OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.  The president
or any  vice  president  and  the  secretary  or  assistant  secretary  of  this
corporation  are  authorized  to vote,  represent and exercise on behalf of this
corporation all rights  incident to any and all shares of any other  corporation
or corporations  standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority herein
granted to said officers to vote or  represented  on behalf of this  corporation
any and  all  shares  held  by this  corporation  in any  other  corporation  or
corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any person
authorized  so to do by  proxy  or  power  of  attorney  duly  executed  by said
officers.

     Section  8.  INSPECTION  OF BY  LAWS.  The  corporation  shall  keep in its
principal  office for the  transaction of business the original or a copy of the
By-Laws as amended, or



                                      -15-

<PAGE>

otherwise altered to date, certificate by the secretary,  which shall be open to
inspection by the shareholder s at all reasonable times during office hours.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   Amendments

     Section  1.  POWER OF  SHAREHOLDERS.  New  By-Laws  may be adopted or these
By-Laws  may be amended or  repealed  by the vote of  shareholder  s entitled to
exercise a majority  of the voting  power of the  corporation  or by the written
assent of such shareholders.

     Section 2. POWER OF  DIRECTORS.  Subject  to the right of  shareholders  as
provided  in  Section 1 of this  Article VI to adopt,  amend or repeal  By-Laws,
By-Laws other than a By-Law or amendment  thereof changing the authorized number
of directors may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3. ACTION BY  DIRECTORS  THROUGH  CONSENT IN LIEU OF  MEETING.  Any
action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken  at any  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors or of any  committee  thereof,  may be taken  without a meeting,  if a
written  consent  thereto  is signed by all the  members of the Board or of such
committee.  Such written  consent shall be filed with the minutes of proceeds of
the Board or committee.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is  threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or  completed
action,  suit  or  proceeding,   whether  civil,  criminal,   administrative  or
investigative  (other than an action by or in the right of the  Corporation)  by
reason of the fact that he is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the



                                      -16-

<PAGE>


Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection  with such action,  suit or proceeding if he acted
in manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best  interests
of the Corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is  threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or  completed
action or suit by or in the right of the  Corporation  to procure a judgment  in
its favor by reason of the fact he is or was a  director,  officer,  employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director,  employee  or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by him in  connection  with the  defense or
settlement  of such  action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
Corporation and except that no  indemnification  shall be made in respect of any
claim,  issue or matter as to which such person  shall have been  adjudged to be
liable  for  negligence  or  misconduct  in the  performance  of his duty to the
Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or
suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication
of liability but in view of all the  circumstances  of the case,  such person is
fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses  which the court
shall deem proper.

     Section 3. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation  has been  successful  on the merits or  otherwise in defense of any
action,  suit or proceeding


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VII, or in defense of any claim,
issue or matter therein,  he shall be indemnified  against  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably   incurred  by  him  in  connection
therewith.

     Section 4. Any  indemnification  under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VII
(unless  ordered  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction)  shall be made by the
Corporation  only as  authorized in a specific  case upon a  determination  that
indemnification  of a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent is  proper in the
circumstances  because  he has met the  applicable  standards  of conduct as set
forth in Sections 1 and 2. Such determination  shall be made (a) by the Board of
Directors,  by a majority vote of a quorum  consisting of Directors who were not
parties  to  such  action,  suit or  proceeding  or (b) if  such  quorum  is not
obtainable,  or even if obtainable,  a quorum of such disinterested Directors so
directs,  by  independent  legal counsel under  written  opinion,  or (c) by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon.

     Section 5. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action,  suit
or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition
of such  action,  suit or  proceeding,  as  authorized  in a specific  case upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director,  officer, employee or
agent to repay  such  amount  unless it shall  ultimately  be  determined  he is
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VII.

     Section 6.  Indemnification  provided  for in this Article VII shall not be
deemed  exclusive  of  any  other  rights,  in  respect  of  indemnification  or
otherwise,  to which those  seeking  indemnification  may be entitled  under any
other By-Law or Resolution  approved by  affirmative  vote of the holders of the
majority of the shares entitled to vote thereon,  taken at a meeting, the notice
of  which  specified  such  By-Law  or  Resolution  will be  placed  before  the
stockholders.  This  provision  shall  apply  both as to action  by a  director,
officer,  employee or agent in his



                                      -18-

<PAGE>

official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office
or position.  The rights of  indemnification  provided herein shall be available
whether or not the claim asserted  against such director,  officer,  employee or
agent is  based on  matters  which  antedate  the  adoption  of this  provision.
Indemnification  provided or  authorized  shall  continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  and shall  inure to the
benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.


     Section 7. The  provisions  of this  Article VII and the several  rights to
indemnification  created hereby are independent and inseverable and in the event
any such  provision or right shall be held by a court of competent  jurisdiction
in which an action  relating  to such  provisions  or rights  is  brought  to be
against public policy or otherwise to be unenforceable,  the other provisions of
this Article VII shall remain enforceable and in full effect.

     Section 8. The Board of Directors  may authorize by vote of the majority of
the full Board,  the Corporation to purchase or maintain  insurance on behalf of
any  person  who  is or  was a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of the
Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other enterprise  against any liability  asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity,  or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to  indemnify  him against
such liability under such provisions of this Article VII.

Adopted by Board Resolution December 27, 1985



                                      -19-




MSCM No.01
Code:


                                  LOAN CONTRACT






LENDER: Merchants Bank Shenyang Branch

BORROWER: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co., Ltd.


<PAGE>


LENDER (HEREINAFTER IS REFERRED TO AS PARTY A): Merchants Bank Shenyang Branch
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Sun Peipan
POST: President of The Bank
ADDRESS: 82, 11 Wei Road, Heping District
TEL: 22853476

BORROWER  (HEREINAFTER IS REFERRED TO AS PARTY B): Shenyang Haitong House
Properties  Development Co., Ltd.
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Lee Shouzheng
POST: Chairman of Board
ADDRESS: 386, Qingnian Street, Heping District
TEL: 23180318

Party B applies a loan of  circulating  capital  to Party A because  of short of
capitals.  Party A examines  and agrees to grant the loan.  In  accordance  with
relevant laws and  regulations,  the contract  hereunder is concluded by the two
parties upon negotiated consultation.

ARTICLE 1 Type of loan:
This is the loan on mortgage.

ARTICLE 2 Currency and amount of loan: The loan is in Rmb of 25.8 million yuan.

ARTICLE 3 Purpose of loan:
The loan will be used to purchase  architectural  decorating materials.  Without
the  written  approval  of Party  A,  Party B shall  not use the loan for  other
purpose.

ARTICLE 4 Life loan:
The life of loan is for 12 months from  November.  15th 1999 to November..  15th
2000.

ARTICLE 5 Interest rate and interest of loan:
1.    INTEREST  RATE:  the  interest  of loan  shall be  calculated  monthly  at
      5.3625/oo.  During the period of vitality of the  contract,  the  interest
      adjustment shall be conducted as stipulated by the People's Bank.
2.    INTEREST  CALCULATING:  The interest of loan shall be calculated since the
      date  when  the loan is  deposited  to the  account  of Party B and by the
      actual amount of loan and days of use, once quarterly,  on the 20th day of
      the third month of each quarter.
3.    INTEREST   PAYING:   Party  B  shall   pay  the   interest   on  the  very
      interest-paying  day,  Party A may  directly  collect  from the account of
      Party B; in case Party B does not pay the  interest  on time,  Party A has
      the right to charge extra interest on the interest of loan not paid off.

ARTICLE 6 Repayint the loan:

1.    Party B shall repay the capital and interest of the loan within the period
      stipulated by the contract;
2.    Party B may repay the loan ahead of time through  negotiation with Party B
      and obtain its approval.

ARTICLE 7 Clauses of guarantee:

<PAGE>

1.    To the capital and interest and expenses of loan under the  contract,  the
      unit of_____  appointed by Party B will act as the guarantor,  which shall
      provide Party A with irrevocable letter of guarantee. Or_____
2.    Shenyang Haitong House Properties  Development Ltd. shall provide mortgage
      with its  self-owned  house  (Huayang  International  Mantion) to the loan
      under the contract. A separate contract of mortgage shall be signed. Or
3.    Shall provide mortgage with______ property to the loan under the contract.
      A separate contract of mortgage shall be signed.

ARTICLE 8 Rights of Party B:
1.    To draw and use all the loan;
2.    To refuse any additional condition;
3.    To be entitled to transfer  obligations to a third party with consent from
      Party A.

ARTICLE 9 Obligations of Party B:
1.    To provide accurate documents demanded by Party A and conditions including
      opening bank,  account number and balance of loan deposit,  and cooperates
      with Party A in the investigation, examination and inspection;
2.    To accept the  supervision of Party A in the application of loan capitals,
      production operation and financial activities;
3.    To spend the loan to purpose stipulated by the contract;
4.    To fully  repay the  capital  and  interest  of the loan within the period
      stipulated by the contract;
5.    Shall Party B transfer the rights or  obligations  under the contract to a
      third party, a written consent shall be obtained from Party A in advance.
6.    Shall  change of  system  occurs  in Party B such as  contracting,  lease,
      mergence, joint-venture, separation, joint operation, capital reformation,
      paid transfer of property,  transformation  of stock system,  etc. Party B
      shall inform Party A in advance and prepare the measures to guarantee  the
      paying of capital an interest of loan and all other expenses.

ARTICLE 10 Rights of Party A: Party A is entitled:
1.    To demand  Party B to fully  repay the  capital  and  interest of the loan
      within the period stipulated by the contract;
2.    To demand Party B to provide materials relating to loan;
3.    To understand the production  operations and financial activities of Party
      B;
4.    To  supervise  party B to spend  the  loan to  purpose  stipulated  by the
      contract;
5.    To collect the capital and interest of the loan  directly from the account
      of Party B;
6.    In case Party B does not fulfill the obligations under the contract, Party
      A has the right to  demand,  as  stipulated  in the  contract,  an advance
      payment of loan or stop granting the loan not used by Party B.
7.    Shall  change of  system  occurs  in Party B such as  contracting,  lease,
      mergence, joint-venture, separation, joint operation, capital reformation,
      paid transfer of property, transformation of stock system, etc. Party A is
      entitled to demand Party B to pay off capital and interest of loan and all
      other  expenses  under  the  contract;  or all the  obligations  under the
      contract  be put to the  transferee  approved  by Party A; or execute  the
      guarantee approved by Party A.

ARTICLE 11 Obligations of Party A:
<PAGE>

1.    To grant the loan on schedule stipulated by the contract.
2.    To keep obligations,  finance,  Production and operation of Party B secret
      unless otherwise stipulated by law.

ARTICLE 12 Party B shall specially guarantee the following:
1.    Party B is established according to Chinese laws and operated legally with
      legal personality, and has complete civil capacity to sign and execute the
      contract.
2.    The signing and executing of the contract has been fully authorized by the
      board of directors or any other competent authorization.
3.    The  documents,  Materials  and  vouchers  etc.  on Party  B,  guarantors,
      mortgage are authentic,  accurate,  complete and effective,  without major
      errors nor neglecting important facts.
4.    Party  B  shall  respect  the  policy  of  "combined  deposit,   loan  and
      settlement" of party A: it ensures to deposit the intermittent capitals in
      the process of production and operation to Party A, and entrust Party A to
      carry out the  settlement  of Rmb and  foreign  currencies,  to deepen the
      foundation of cooperation of the two parties.

ARTICLE 13 Extension of loan:
In case  Party B is not able to repay  the loan  due to  special  conditions  of
production and capital  operations  when the loan becomes due, Party B may apply
for a extension of repaying to Party A. Party B shall make a written application
to Party A one month in advance;  upon the  approval of Party A, the two parties
shall  sign  separately  an  "extension  agreement  of the loan  contract",  the
contract  is still good when Party A does not approve  the  extension;  the loan
already used by Party B and the  interests  payable shall be paid off by Party B
as stipulated by the contract.

ARTICLE 14 Expenses:
The expenses  occurred from credit  investigation,  inspection and  notarization
etc,  capital and interest of loan and all other expenses under the contract not
timely paid by Party B, Counsel  fees,  legal costs and  travelling  expenses of
Party A in order to realize the obligatory  right shall all be borne by Party B,
who shall  authorize  Party A to  collect  directly  from its  account;  for the
insufficient  part, Party B ensures to pay off upon receipt of notice from Party
A, without Party A providing any certificates.

ARTICLE 15 Liabilities for breach of the contract:
1.    In case Party B violates the  stipulations of clause 1 and 2 of Article 9,
      Party A has the right to demand a quick  correction;  to cases of  serious
      nature or Party B's not correcting  exceeding the time limit,  Party A has
      the right to stop granting the remained loan till  recovering  part of all
      of the loan.
2.    In case Party B violates the  stipulations of clause 3 of Article 9, Party
      A has the right to charge an  interest by daily rate of 0.5/oo to the part
      of all of the loan  occupied by Party B according  to  regulations  of the
      People's Bank; to cases of serious  nature,  Party A has the right to stop
      granting the loan remained till recovering part or all of the loan.
3.    In case Party B violates the  stipulations of clause 4 of Article 9, Party
      A has the right to charge an interest by daily rate of 0.21/oo to the loan
      overdue according to regulations of the People's Bank;
4.    In case Party B violates the  stipulations  of clause 5 and 6 of Article 9
      and the obligatory rights under the contract fall through, Party A has the
      right to stop
<PAGE>

      granting the loan remained till recovering part or all of the loan; to the
      credit  capital  loss of Party A due to fault of Party B,  Party A has the
      right  to  investigate  and  affix  to part or all the  responsibility  of
      compensation to Party B.

ARTICLE 16 Amendment and termination of the contract:
The  contract  may be amended and  terminated  upon  written  agreement  through
negotiations  or the  two  parties;  the  contract  is  still  good  before  the
conclusion of the written agreement;  neither party shall amend or terminate the
contract arbitrarily.

ARTICLE 17 Others
1.    During execution of the contract, any tolerance of extension of Party A to
      Party B's infringement or action of delay, can not damage, impair of limit
      the rights and interests of Party A as the loaner;  can not be regarded as
      the  approval  to  any  sabotage  of  the  contract;  Party  A can  not be
      considered   to  give  up  the  right  of  action  to  present  or  future
      infringement of Party B.
2.    Party B shall still fulfill the  responsibility  of repaying even when the
      contract or part of the clauses become invalid.  In that case, Party A has
      the right to terminate the contract,  and demand  repayment of the capital
      and interest of loan and all other expenses under the contract.
3.    Any notice and demand etc.  Relating to the contract  between  Party A and
      Party B shall be in written  form;  any telex and  telegram  of Party A to
      Party B once sent, letters delivered to the post office, are considered to
      have been received by Party B.
4.    The  receipt  for the  loan and  written  supplemental  agreements  on the
      outstanding  issues  through  negotiation  are regarded as appendix to the
      contract which form indivisible parts of the contract.

ARTICLE 18 Applicable laws and settlement of disputes:
1.    The conclusion and  termination of the contract and settlement of disputes
      are subject to laws and  regulations of PR china,  rights and interests of
      the two parties are subject to protection by laws of PR china.
2.    The  disputes  aroused in the  execution  of the  contract may be resolved
      through  negotiations  between the two parties if the negotiation fails to
      resolve, any party may:
1.    start a suit in__________ ;
2.    apply for arbitration to _________
3.    After the  notarization of compulsory  execution of the contract,  Party A
      may apply to a competent people's court for compulsory  execution in order
      to demand the obligations overdue of Party B.

ARTICLE 19 Other supplementary terms:

ARTICLE 20 Supplementary rules
1.    The contract  shall come into force upon signing by the competent  signers
      with seal of the  companies,  till the  completion  of  paying  off of the
      capital and interest of loan under the contract.
2. The subordinated contracts and the contract are equally authentic.
3.    There  are_____   original  copies  of  the  contract  which  are  equally
      authentic; Party A, Party B, the____ and the hold one each.
<PAGE>

Party A:
Merchants Bank Shenyang Branch (Seal)
Competent Signer: Sun Peipan (Signature)

Party B:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co., Ltd. (Seal)
Competent Signer: Lee Shouzheng (Signature)

November 8th, 1999



MSCM NO. 02
CODE:




                                MORTGAGE CONTRACT










Mortgagee:  Merchants Bank Shenyang Branch

Mortgagor:  Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development
            Co. Ltd.



<PAGE>



MORTGAGEE:  Merchants Bank Shenyang Branch (hereinafter referred to as Party A)
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Sun Peipan
POST: President
ADDRESS: Shiyiwei Road, Heping District

MORTGAGOR: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co., Ltd. (hereinafter
referred to as Party B)
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Lee ShouZheng
POST: Board Chairman
ADDRESS: 386, Qingnian Street, Heping District


Due to:

1.   The Party B (who is the borrower  mentioned in the following  text) applies
     to the Party A for 25,800,000  yuan RBM loan. The Party A agreed to provide
     this loan.  Therefore,  both  parties  signed a loan  contract No. and Date
     (that is called loan contract in short in the following text).
2.   Shenyang  Haitong House  Properties  Development  Co. Ltd. (which is called
     borrower in the following  text) applied to the Party A for loan. The Party
     A agreed to  provide  this  loan.  Therefore,  both  parties  signed a loan
     contract  No.  and Date  (which is  called  loan  contract  in short in the
     following text).

To assure  the  principal  and  interest  and all other  relevant  fees could be
compensated  completely,  the Party B would like to take its own property or the
property  of which the Party B have the right to dispose  legally  as  security.
Through the  examination  of the Party A, the Party A accepted the Party B's own
property and the property of which the Party B have the right to dispose legally
as security.  According to relevant  rules of law, the first and second  parties
consult with each other,  and come to an agreement in the following  items,  and
conclude and sign this contract:

Article 1:  The security that the Party B mortgaged
1.    Name:
2.    Quantity or area: 8,516.89m2
3.    The buying price:

                                       1
<PAGE>

4.    The assessing price and the rate of mortgage:
      5,182yuanX8,516.89m=44,134,524yuan
5.   Address: No.386 Qingnian St Heping District Shenyang China.
6.   Time limit of use: long term
7.   The origin of ownership: self-own
8.   The attestation of ownership: No.00455 of House Properties Certification


Article 2: The range of mortgage and guarantee
The mortgage and  guarantee  range of this  contract  includes not less than the
principal,  interest,  fine, insurance premium, and the fees to realize hypothec
under the items of this loan contract.

Article 3: The storage and  responsibility  of the  security  and its  ownership
warrant
1. The  security  should be taken care of by the Party B or his agent during the
mortgage.  The Party B or his agent  should keep the security  properly.  In the
period of mortgage,  the Party B is responsible for the repair,  maintenance and
assuring that the security is well preserved, and he need subject to supervision
by the Party A at any moment.

      The mortgage  term is from the date of the  contract  going into effect to
the date when the  principal,  interest,  and all  corresponding  fees are fully
repaid.
     2. During the mortgage,  if the activities of the Party B reduces the value
of the security, the Party A are entitled to ask the Party B stop doing it. When
the value of the  security is reduced,  the Party A has the right to request the
Party B to recover the value of security or afford new security that the Party A
ratifies.  The Party B should bear all the  payment to recover  the  security or
affirm new security.
     3. During the mortgage,  the Party B should send the  ownership  warrant of
the security to the Party A, the ownership  warrant of the security should be in
safekeeping by the Party A. If it is not kept properly and the ownership warrant
is destroyed,  the Party A should bear the responsibility to get a new ownership
warrant and payment.

Article 4: The registration of the security
1.   If the security need to be registered legally, the first and second parties
     should do it in  corresponding  offices  with holding the contract and loan
     contract and relevant materials in 15 days after this contract is concluded

                                       2
<PAGE>


     and signed.
2.   If the security  under this contract need not be registered  lawfully,  and
     the first and second parties would like to do it, they should  register the
     security in the Party B's local notary  office or  registration  management
     office with holding the  contract  and relevant  materials in 15 days after
     this contract is concluded and signed.

Article 5: Insurance
According to the request of the Party A, the Party B should  appoint the Party A
as the first  beneficiary  and  insures  sufficient  property  in the  insurance
company  the Party A  appointed.  The Party A would hold the  insurance  policy.
Insurance  term must be longer than the time limit of loan.  If the term of loan
under loan contract is prolonged, the Party B must extend the term of insurance.
If the insured  suffer  loss,  the Party A is entitled to recall  principal  and
interest of loan and other fees from the insurance compensation first.

If the Party B does not insure the security,  or does not extend  insurance term
that  should be  prolonged,  the Party A has the right to do it  instead  of the
Party B. The Party B should pay the relevant fees.

Article 6: The restriction to the disposal of security during mortgage:
In   the course of mortgage,  the Party B can't transfer the security under this
     contract through selling, exchanging and presenting. If the Party B need to
     transfer the security under this contract necessarily, he can do it, but he
     must comfort to the terms as follows:

1.1    The Party B must  inform  the Party A in  written  form and  apprize  the
       assignee the situation that the transferring property has been mortgaged.
       If the Party B didn't inform the Party A or didn't  apprize the assignee,
       the transferring behavior is invalid.
1.2    If the Party B transfer  the  security at the price that is so lower than
       its value that it is not enough to compensate  the principal and interest
       and other fees under this  contract,  the Party A is  entitled to ask the
       Party B provide relevant  sufficient  mortgage  property.  If the Party B
       don't provide, he can't transfer the security.
1.3    The Party B must transfer the money that the Party B obtains by conveying
       the security to the Party A's savings account  completely,  which will be
       used to compensate the principal and interest of the loan and other fees.
1.4    After the  Party B  transferred  the  money  obtained  by  conveying  the
       security  to the Party A's  savings  account,  the Party A could help the
       Party B with writing off the  registration of the security,  and send the

                                       3
<PAGE>

       ownership warrant back to the Party B.

Without the  agreement  of the  Party  A in  written  form,  the  Party  B can't
     transfer,  rent, re-mortgage,  or transact the security under this contract
     in any other improper manner.

Article  7: The  Party B bears the  relevant  fees of  insurance,  notarization,
registration, transportation and keeping of the security under this contract.

Article 8: After the  contract  goes into effect,  without the  agreement of the
other side, any party can't modify or discharge  this contract.  If the contract
need to be modified or  discharged,  the two parties should come to an agreement
in written  form through  consulting  with each other.  Before the  agreement is
reached, provision of this contract is still in effect.

Article 9: In the period of validity of this  contract,  if merger or separation
occur in the Party B, the  responsibility  described in this contract  should be
undertaken by the company having been altered or respectively. If the Party B is
announced to be  dismissed or bankrupt,  the Party A has the right to dispose of
the security property preferentially.

Article 10: The Party A can dispose of  security,  if any of the  situations  as
follows occur:
1.   When the term of loan  prescribed  in the  contract  expires,  the borrower
     can't repay the principal  and interest,  or when the extended term of loan
     expires, the borrower still can't repay principal and interest;
2.   The borrower disobeys relevant laws or breaches loan contract,  and lead to
     the situation that the Party A recall part or full of the loan ahead;
3.   The borrower died and there is not heritor or devisee;
4.   The heritor or devisee of the borrower  gives up inheriting or don't accept
     bequeath,  and refuse fulfilling the  responsibility of repaying  principal
     and interest of the loan;
5. The borrower is announced to be dismissed or bankrupt;
6.   there  occurred some situation  which  jeopardizes  the  possibility of the
     realization of the Party A's creditor's rights;

Article 11:  Duty of breaching faith:
1.   With  breaching the sixth  provision,  if the Party B disposes of security,
     the  activity  is  invalid.  The Party A is entitled to request the Party B
     stop

                                       4
<PAGE>

     damaging the Party A's hypothec  immediately.  In the light of actual
     situation,  the Party A could ask the Party B provide other  security which
     the Party A could accept, or dispose of the security ahead in terms of laws
     and this contract;
2.   If the Party B damages the Party A's economic benefit because of concealing
     the  situation  of  co-ownership,   controversy,  being  sealed  up,  being
     detained,  or having been  mortgaged,  the Party B must bear  corresponding
     compensation duty;
3.   Any of the two  parties  damages the other's  economic  benefit  because of
     breaching  the  eighth  provision,  it should  pay the  other  fine that is
     -percent of principal and interest of the loan under this contract.

Article  12:  When the loan  contract  expires,  if the Party B can't  repay the
principal and interest and other fees, with the Party A claiming  hypothec,  the
security is sealed up or  detained by court of people.  From the time of sealing
up and detaining,  the Party A has the right to charge  interest  separated from
the security and the legal interest that the Party B charged from the security.

Article 13: The implementation of hypothec:
1. When any situation prescribed in the tenth provision occur, hypothec could be
implemented as follows:  i. The first and second parties come to an agreement to
auction,  sell security or convert it into money;  ii.  Disposing of security in
terms of the procedure of law.

2.   The  Party  A can  share  preferentially  the  money  that is  obtained  by
     disposing of security in above-mentioned  manners.  The surplus that is the
     obtained  money above the sum of principal,  interest and other fees belong
     to the Party B. The Party A can demand the deficient.

Article 14: The extermination of hypothec
When the  borrower  repays the  principal  and  interest in time or ahead in the
light of term prescribed in contract, hypothec exterminates  automatically.  The
Party A should send the Party B's ownership  warrant,  attestation and insurance
policy kept by him back to the Party B. The Party A assists the Party B to write
off the registration of security.

Article 15: The settlement of the dispute

                                       5
<PAGE>

Both parties should settle their dispute that occur in the period of the term of
the contract by consulting  with each other.  If the dispute is not  resolvable,
each one of them can:
1.      Go to          to sue the other. Or
2.      Go to         of mediators to arbitrate the dispute.

Article 16: The mortgage contract's going into effect:
1.     If the security  under this contract need to be registered  legally,  the
       contract  will come into force when the  security is  registered  and the
       first and second  parties sign and affix their common seal.  The contract
       will lose efficacy  after the  principal and interest and other  relevant
       fees are repaid.
2.     If the security under this contract need not be registered lawfully,  the
       contract will come into force when the first and second  parties sign and
       affix their common seal.  It will lose  efficacy  after the principal and
       interest and other relevance fees are repaid.

Article 17: Other complementary items:

Article  18: This contract  consists of four duplicates.  The Party A, the Party
         B, department, and registration office hold one of them respectively.



THE PARTY A:
Merchant Bank Shenyang Branch (Seal)
Authorized representative (Signature): Sun Peipan

THE PARTY B:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co. Ltd.(Seal)
Authorized representative (Signautre):  Lee Shouzheng

Date: November 8th, 1999


                                       6



             Loan Contract of RMB of the Construction Bank of China





Type of loan: Circulating Capital for Industry
Code of the contract:


Borrower: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd
Address:386,Qingnian street, Heping District
Tel: 23180318
Legal representative: Li Shouzheng
Banking institution and the account number:Construction Bank, Nanhu
Subbranch
Fax: 23180944
Post Code: 110003




Lender: The Construction Bank of China, Nanhu Subbranch
Address: 185, Minzhu Road, Heping District
Tel: 23873417
Legal representative: Chen Fengbin
Fax:
Post Code:


<PAGE>

Borrower  (hereinafter  is  referred  to as Party  A):  Shenyang  Haitong  House
Properties Development Co.Ltd. Lender (hereafter is referred to as Party B): The
Construction Bank of China, Nanhu Subbranch

Party A applies a loan to Party B, while  Party B  examines  and agrees to grant
the loan according to Bank loan  regulations..  In accordance with relevant laws
and regulations, the contract hereunder is concluded b the two parties to define
rights and obligations of each party upon negotiated consultation.

Article  1:Amount  of loan.  Party A borrows  from  Party B RMB(in  words):  one
million seven hundred thousand yuan.

Article 2:Purpose of loan
Party A will use the loan to purchase architectural decorating materials.

Article 3: Life of loan
The life of loan from December 9th ,1999 to December 8th , 2000.

Article 4: Interest rate and interest of loan
The  interest of loan shall be  calculated  monthly at  5.3625%,  and be settled
monthly.

The  interest  of loan  shall be  calculated  since  the  date  when the loan is
deposited  at the  account  of Party A.  During the  period of  vitality  of the
contract,  the interest  adjustment shall be conducted according to stipulations
of the Peoples Bank.

Article 5: Plan of utilizing the loan
The plan of repaying the loan of Party A 1.7 million yuan in Decem.1999.

Article 6:Plan of repaying the loan
The plan of repaying the loan of Party A 1.7million yuan in Decem.2000.

In case  Party A repays  the loan  ahead of  time,  it shall  inform  Party B 10
workdays in advance for approval.

Article 7:Mode of paying interests
Party A ensures  that it shall pay the  interests  on  schedule  by  transfer of
accounts

In case  Party A does not pay the  interests  on time,  Party B has the right to
withhold the amount from the account of Party A or suspend offering the loan.

Article 8:Mode of withholding payment

Party A ensures  that it shall  repay the loan s the  stipulated  in  Article 6,
otherwise

Party B has the right,  directly or to entrust  other  party,  to  withhold  the
capital and interest of the loan and relating expenses from the account of Party
A.

<PAGE>

Article 9:Amendment and termination of the contract

1.   After  the  contract  is put  into  force,  neither  party  shall  amend or
     terminate the contract arbitrarily.
2.   In case Party A is not able to repay the loan through efforts when the loan
     becomes due,  Party A may apply for a extension of repaying to Party B, one
     loan may only be extended once. Party A shall make a written application to
     Party B 20 workdays in advance,  and submit a written  letter of  guarantee
     with a third Party As guarantor or mortgager who agrees to the  extension.
     Upon the  approval of Party B an extension  agreement of repaying  shall be
     signed as an appendix to the contract.
3.   Shall Party A transfer  the rights or  obligations  under the contract to a
     third party,  a written  consent shall be obtained from Party B in advance.
     The transferring becomes effective after the signing of a new loan contract
     between the transferee and Party B.
4.   Shall change of systems such as of mergence,  separation,  contracting  and
     transform of stock system etc. Occurs in either Party A or B, the rights or
     obligations  under  the  contract  shall be  enjoyed  or borne by the party
     concerned after the change.

Article 10:Guarante of loan
To the capital and interest and expenses of loan under the contract, the unit of
will act as the guarantor of Party A or (and )the  property  offered by Shenyang
Haitong  House  Properties  Development  co.,Ltd.  As  the  mortgage.A  separate
contract of  guarantee  or (and)  mortgage  shall be signed as the  subordinated
contract.


Article  11:Within the vitality of the contract,  shall change of operation mode
occurs  in  Party  A  such  as  contracting,  lease,  mergence,   joint-venture,
separation, transformation of stock system, Party A shall inform Party B 30 days
in advance.  Upon the written approval of contract of system transformation from
Party B, Party A may carry out the action of change.

Article 12:Principal rights and obligations of Party A and Party B

1.   Party A is entitled to demand  Party B to grant loan as  stipulated  by the
     contract;
2.   Party A shall repay the capital and  interest of the loan within the period
     stipulated by the contract;
3.   Party A shall use the loan as  stipulated  and shall  not  transfer  it for
     other purpose without the written approval of Party B.
4.   Party A shall provide relevant schedule,  statistics,  financial statement,
     etc. Demanded by Party B;
5.   Party B is entitled to check the application of the loan;
6.   Party B is entitled to supervise capitals and operating conditions of Party
     A;
7.   Party B shall grant the loan on schedule stipulated by the contract.

Article 13:Liabilities for breach of the contract

1.   In case Party A does not  utilize the loan s agreed  upon,  Party B has the
     right to charge  interest  by a daily  rate of 0.05% to the sum  during the
     period of breach.
2.   The party of the loan Party A does not repay on time is regarded as overdue
     loan,

<PAGE>

     Party B has the right to charge  interest by a daily rate of 0.021%  during
     the overdue period. In case Party A is able to repay the loan but transfers
     the capital on purpose to avoid  repaying,  Party B has the right to impose
     joint loan  sanctions,  and charge interest by a daily rate of 0.05% to the
     sum during the overdue period
3.   In case Party A arbitrarily  change the system of the enterprise  violating
     stipulations  of Article 11 under the contract which results in the falling
     through of the  obligatory  right of the loan and loss of capital,  Party B
     has the right to withhold part or all of the loan, and charge a fine of 30%
     of the sum borrowed.
4.   In case Party A  violates  stipulations  of Article 15 under the  contract,
     Party B has the right to charge a fine of 30% of the sum borrowed.
5.   Within the period of validity,  in any one case of the  following,  Party B
     has the right to stop granting the loan,  withhold the capital and interest
     of the loan or deal with the  mortgage in advance,  and to directly  deduct
     from the account of Party A:
5.1  Party A does not use the loan to purpose  stipulated,  and will not correct
     by limited warning of Part B;
5.2  Party A submits Party B false plan,  statistics  and  financial  statement,
     etc;
5.3  Incase of a loan contract with a guarantee or (and ) mortgage  from a third
     party , when the  guarantor  violates the contract or loses the capacity of
     bearing  joint  liability,  mortgager  violates  mortgage  agreement or the
     mortgage  does not  compensate  for the capital  and  interest of the loan,
     Party a can not provide new guarantee or (and) mortgage demanded by Party B
5.4  Party A is or well be  involved in major legal  action or  arbitration  and
     other legal disputes;
5.5  Other actions caused by Party A which impair its paying capacity or want of
     paying intent.

Article 14:Settlement of disputes
The disputes  aroused in the  execution of the contract may be resolved  through
negotiations  between  the two  parties,  or a suit may be  started in the local
ioples court where loan bank 9of Party B) resides.

Article 15: Other issues mutually agreed upon by the two parties:

1.   Before Party A pays off the capital and interest of loan,  it shall not use
     the fixed  assets  coming  from the loan of Party B to  mortgage to a third
     party
2.   Before  Party a pays off the  capital and  interest  of loan,  it shall not
     provide a credit guarantee which exceeds it capacity;
3.
4.

Article  16:Any  outstanding  issue shall be settled  according to Chinese laws,
regulations and financial rules.

Article  17:The  contract  shall  come  into  force  upon  signing  of the legal
representatives or their authorized agents with seal of the companies,  till the
completion of paying off of the capital and interest of loan under the contract.

<PAGE>

Article 18:There are 3 original copies of the contract, Party A and Party B hold
one each, the guarantor (if any) holds one. There are 2 duplicates.




The Party A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Li Shouzheng (Signature)
December 2nd,1999





The Party B:
Construction Bank of China Shenyang Nanhu Science & Technology Development
Zone Subbranch.(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Chen Fengbin (Signature)
December 2nd,1999


<PAGE>


             Loan Contract of RMB of the Construction Bank of China





Type of loan:
Code of the contract:971230-1


Borrower: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd
Address:386,Qingnian street, Heping District
Tel: 3841118
Legal representative: Li Shouzheng
Banking institution and the account number:Construction Bank, Nanhu
Subbranch  441-263027820
Fax: 3883944
Post Code: 110003




Lender: The Construction Bank of China, Zhongshan Subbranch
Address: 261,Shifu Road, Shenhe District
Tel: 27012802
Legal representative: Shen Chunyue
Fax:
Post Code:110013







<PAGE>



Borrower  (hereinafter  is  referred  to as Party  A):  Shenyang  Haitong  House
Properties Development Co.Ltd.
Lender  (hereafter is referred to as Party B): The  Construction  Bank of China,
Zhongshan Subbranch

Party A applies a loan to Party B, while  Party B  examines  and agrees to grant
the loan according to Bank loan  regulations..  In accordance with relevant laws
and regulations, the contract hereunder is concluded b the two parties to define
rights and obligations of each party upon negotiated consultation.

Article 1:Amount of loan.
Party A borrows from Party B RMB(in words): fifteen million yuan.

Article 2:Purpose of loan
Party A will use the loan to purchase architectural decorating materials.

Article 3: Life of loan
The life of loan from December 30th, 1997 to June 29th , 1999.

Article 4: Interest rate and interest of loan
The  interest  of loan  shall be  calculated  monthly  at 8.58%,  and be settled
quarterly.

The  interest  of loan  shall be  calculated  since  the  date  when the loan is
deposited  at the  account  of Party A.  During the  period of  vitality  of the
contract,  the interest  adjustment shall be conducted according to stipulations
of the Peoples Bank.

Article 5: Plan of utilizing the loan
The plan of repaying the loan of Party A 15.0 million yuan in Decem.1997.

Article 6:Plan of repaying the loan
The plan of  repaying  the loan of Party A 5.0  million  yuan in June 1998;  5.0
million yuan in December 1998; 5.0 million yuan in June 1999.

In case  Party A repays  the loan  ahead of  time,  it shall  inform  Party B 10
workdays in advance for approval.

Article 7:Mode of paying interests
Party A ensures that it shall pay the interests on schedule quarterly.

In case  Party A does not pay the  interests  on time,  Party B has the right to
withhold the amount from the account of Party A or suspend offering the loan.

Article 8:Mode of withholding payment

Party A ensures  that it shall  repay the loan s the  stipulated  in  Article 6,
otherwise

Party B has the right,  directly or to entrust  other  party,  to  withhold  the
capital and interest of the loan and relating expenses from the account of Party
A.
<PAGE>

Article 9:Amendment and termination of the contract

 1.After the contract is put into force,  neither party shall amend or terminate
the contract arbitrarily.
 2.In case Party A is not able to repay the loan  through  efforts when the loan
becomes due,  Party A may apply for a extension of repaying to Party B, one loan
may only be extended once.  Party A shall make a written  application to Party B
20 workdays in advance,  and submit a written  letter of guarantee  with a third
Party A's guarantor or mortgager who agrees to the extension.  Upon the approval
of Party B an extension  agreement of repaying shall be signed as an appendix to
the contract.
 3.Shall  Party A transfer  the rights or  obligations  under the  contract to a
third party,  a written  consent shall be obtained from Party B in advance.  The
transferring  becomes effective after the signing of a new loan contract between
the transferee and Party B.
4.Shall  change of systems  such as of  mergence,  separation,  contracting  and
transform  of stock  system  etc.  Occurs in either  Party A or B, the rights or
obligations  under the contract shall be enjoyed or borne by the party concerned
after the change.

Article 10:Guarante of loan
To the capital and interest and expenses of loan under the contract, the unit of
will act as the  guarantor of Party A or (and )the  property  offered by Huayang
Industry  &  Commerce  (Shenyang)  Group  co.,Ltd.  As the  mortgage.A  separate
contract of  guarantee  or (and)  mortgage  shall be signed as the  subordinated
contract.


Article  11:Within the vitality of the contract,  shall change of operation mode
occurs  in  Party  A  such  as  contracting,  lease,  mergence,   joint-venture,
separation, transformation of stock system, Party A shall inform Party B 30 days
in advance.  Upon the written approval of contract of system transformation from
Party B, Party A may carry out the action of change.

Article 12:Principal rights and obligations of Party A and Party B

1.Party A is  entitled  to demand  Party B to grant  loan as  stipulated  by the
contract;
2.Party A shall  repay the  capital  and  interest of the loan within the period
stipulated by the contract;
3.Party A shall use the loan as  stipulated  and shall not transfer it for other
purpose without the written approval of Party B.
4.Party A shall provide relevant schedule, statistics, financial statement, etc.
Demanded by Party B;
5.Party B is entitled to check the application of the loan;
6.Party B is entitled to supervise capitals and operating conditions of Party A;
7.Party B shall grant the loan on schedule stipulated by the contract.


Article 13:Liabilities for breach of the contract

1.In case Party A does not utilize the loan s agreed upon, Party B has the right
to charge  interest  by a daily  rate of 0.06% to the sum  during  the period of
breach.
2.The  party of the loan Party A does not repay on time is  regarded  as overdue
loan , Party B has the right to charge  interest by a daily rate of 0.04% during
the overdue
<PAGE>

period.

In case Party A is able to repay the loan but  transfers  the capital on purpose
to avoid  repaying,  Party B has the right to impose joint loan  sanctions,  and
charge  interest by a daily rate of 0.06% to the sum during the  overdue  period
3.In case Party A  arbitrarily  change the  system of the  enterprise  violating
stipulations  of  Article 11 under the  contract  which  results in the  falling
through of the obligatory right of the loan and loss of capital, Party B has the
right to withhold  part or all of the loan,  and charge a fine of 30% of the sum
borrowed.
4.In case  Party A  violates  stipulations  of  Article  15 under the
contract,  Party B has the  right to  charge a fine of 30% of the sum  borrowed.
5.Within the period of validity,  in any one case of the following,  Party B has
the right to stop  granting  the loan,  withhold the capital and interest of the
loan or deal with the  mortgage  in  advance,  and to  directly  deduct from the
account of Party A:

5.1Party A does not use the loan to purpose stipulated,  and will not correct by
 limited warning of Part B;
5.2Party A submits Party B false plan, statistics and financial statement, etc;
5.3Incase of a loan  contract  with a guarantee or (and ) mortgage  from a third
 party , when the  guarantor  violates  the  contract  or loses the  capacity of
 bearing joint liability,  mortgager violates mortgage agreement or the mortgage
 does not compensate  for the capital and interest of the loan,  Party a can not
 provide new guarantee or (and) mortgage demanded by Party B
5.4Party A is or well be involved in major legal action or arbitration and other
 legal disputes;
5.5 Other actions caused by Party A which impair its paying  capacity or want of
 paying intent.

Article 14:Settlement of disputes
The disputes  aroused in the  execution of the contract may be resolved  through
negotiations  between  the two  parties,  or a suit may be  started in the local
ioples court where loan bank 9of Party B) resides.

Article 15: Other issues mutually agreed upon by the two parties:

5. Before  Party A pays off the capital and  interest of loan,  it shall not use
 the fixed assets coming from the loan of Party B to mortgage to a third party
6.  Before  Party a pays off the  capital  and  interest  of loan,  it shall not
 provide a credit guarantee which exceeds it capacity;
7.
8.

Article  16:Any  outstanding  issue shall be settled  according to Chinese laws,
regulations and financial rules.

Article  17:The  contract  shall  come  into  force  upon  signing  of the legal
representatives or their authorized agents with seal of the companies,  till the
completion of paying off of the capital and interest of loan under the contract.

Article 18:There are 5 original copies of the contract, Party A and Party B hold
one
<PAGE>

 each, the guarantor (if any) holds one.




The Party A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Li Shouzheng (Signature)
December 30nd,1997





The Party B:
Construction Bank of China Shenyang Zhongshan Subbranch.(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Shen Chunyue (Signature)
December 30th, 1997










                         CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK (LOAN)
                                MORTGAGE CONTRACT





SERIAL NUMBER OF CONTRACT:


MORTGAGOR (THE PARTY A): SHENYANG HAITONG HOUSE PROPERTIES
DEVELOPMENT  CO.LTD(HEREAFTER  REFERRED TO AS PARTY A)

ADDRESS:QINGNIAN STREET 386,HEPING DISTRICT

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: LEE, SHOU-CHENG

BANK ACCOUNT: NANHU SUBBRANCH OF CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK.
ACCOUNTS:261001268



MORTGAGEE(HEREAFTER REFERRED TO AS PARTY B):NANHU SUBBRANCH OF
CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK.

ADDRESS: 185,MINZHU ROAD ,HEPING DISTRICT.

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: CHEN FENGBIN


<PAGE>


To assure the  performance of loan contract No. , the party A would like to take
its own  property or the  property of which the Party A has the right to dispose
legally as  security.  Through  examination,  the Party B accepted the Party A's
security property. According to relevant rules of law, both parties consult with
each other, and come to agreements in the following items:

ARTICLE 1:The Party A mortgages property that ix listed in security listing.

ARTICLE 2:The amount that the Party A mortgage is 1.7 millions yuan. The term of
loan is from December 9th , 1999 to December 12th ,2000.

ARTICLE 3:The Party A assures that it has the  ownership or management  right of
the security.

ARTICLE  4:When  this  contract  goes into  effect,  the Party A should send the
ownership  warrant of the  security  to the Party B.  During the  mortgage,  the
ownership warrant of the security should be in safekeeping by the Party B.

ARTICLE 5:The range of mortgage and guarantee.
The sum of loan that is 1.7 millions yuan, interests,  fine,  compensation,  and
the fees to realize  creditor's  rights and hypothec (which includes a retaining
fee and legal cost).

ARTICLE  6:Effectiveness  of this contract is independent from the loan contract
guarantee, The invalidation of loan contract doesn't affect the effectiveness of
this contract.

ARTICLE   7:The   Party  A  bears  fees  of  relevant   evaluation,   insurance,
identification, registration and keeping.

ARTICLE 8: During the mortgage,  the Party A is responsible  for  safekeeping of
the security, and to keep it in good condition.  The Party B can examine them at
any moment.

ARTICLE 9: The Party A should  insure the security in the course of mortgage and
appoint the Party B as the first  beneficiary.  The Party B holds the  insurance
Policy.

ARTICLE 10:In the period of mortgage,  if the security suffers loss that exceeds
the range of  insurance,  or the security is devalued  due to the third  party's
activity,   the  insurance   compensation  or  damage   compensation  should  be
transferred by Party A to the account pointed by the Party B.
During the mortgage, the Party A can't use this property.

ARTICLE 11: If the security is devalued,  the Party A should provide the Party B
with guarantee that equals the value decreased in thirty days.

ARTICLE  12:In the period of  mortgage,  if the  security  incurs  pollution  to
environment or other damage, the Party A should bear the responsibility itself.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 13:During the mortgage, without the 3 agreement of the Party Bin written
form, the Party A can't present, move, rent, transfer,  re-mortgage, or transact
the security under this contract in any other improper manner.

ARTICLE  14:In  period of the  mortgage,  with the  agreement  of the Party B in
written form, the money obtained by the Party A from  transferring  the security
should be used preferentially to repay the Party B the creditor's rights ahead.

ARTICLE  15:When the term of loan  prescribed  in the contract  expires,  if the
borrower  can't repay the debt,  the Party B is entitled to convert the security
into money., or auction, sell the security. The Party B can share Preferentially
the money obtained in the above-mentioned manner, and realize hypothec.

ARTICLE 16:The Party B can dispose of the security  ahead and realize  hypothec,
or stop  providing  the loan under loan  contact  or recall  the  principal  and
interest having been provided ahead, if any of the situations as follows happen:
1. The  Party A is  announced  to be  dismissed  or  bankrupt;

2.The Party A seriously  breached  the duty  prescribed  in the fourth,  eighth,
  ninth,  eleventh  and  thirteenth  item of this  contract,  or other  behavior
  breaching this contract seriously take place.
3.In  period  of loan  term,  the  borrower  is  announced  to be  bankrupt  and
  dismissed,  or the company's systems modified.  They induce that the Party B's
  creditor's rights go by the board, the use of loan id changed,  the Party A is
  entangled with lawsuit,  and other situation that influences  enough the Party
  A's compensation ability or behavior lacking of honest to repay occur.

ARTICLE 17: If the Party A damages  the Party B's  economic  benefit  because of
concealing  situation  of  co-ownership,  controversy,  being  sealed up,  being
corresponding  compensation  that  is 30  percent  of the  sum of  loan.  If the
compensation  is not  enough  to offset  the  damage to the Party B, the Party A
should  compensate  the  insufficient  part.  The party B is entitled to use the
money in the Party A's account to balance the compensation and fine.

ARTICLE  18:The  money  obtained by the Party B from  disposing  of the security
could be allotted in the order as follows:
1. Pay the fees that are needed to transact the security;  2. Repay the interest
   that the Party A owes the Party B;
3. Repay the compensation, fine, and principal of loan that the Party A owes the
   Party B, and so on.
4. Pay other fees.

ARTICLE 19:Other items promised.


ARTICLE  20:If the two parties  don't come to an  agreement  on the  controversy
about movable property caused by this contract, they should lodge a complaint in
the Party B's local court.
ARTICLE  21:When the security listed in the security listing is registered, this

<PAGE>

contract goes into effect.

ARTICLE 22:Both parties' legal  representatives (or authorization agents) should
sign and affix their common seal on the contract.  It will also  efficacy  after
other relevant fees are repaid.

ARTICLE 23: This contract  consists of two duplicates.  The two parties hold one
of them respectively.


<PAGE>


THE PARTY A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd.

Legal representative (Signature): Lee, Shou-cheng
(or authorization agent)

Date:



THE PARTY B:
Construction Bank of China Shenyang Nanhu Science  &Technology  Development Zone
Subbranch.

Legal representative (Signature): Chen Fengbin
(or authorization agent)

Date :


Appendix: Security list





                        LOAN CONTRACT OF RMB OF THE CONSTRUCTION BANK OF CHINA





Type of loan: Circulating Capital for Construction
Code of the contract:


Borrower: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd
Address:386,Qingnian street, Heping District
Tel: 23180318
Legal representative: Lee Shouzheng
Banking institution and the account number:263027820 construction
bank zhongsan office
Fax: 23180944
Post Code: 110003




Lender: The Construction Bank of China, Zhongsan Branch
Address: No.261 Shifu Road, Shenhe District
Tel: 22716104
Legal representative: Xiang DongSheng
Fax:22711245
Post Code:110013



<PAGE>




BORROWER  (HEREINAFTER  IS  REFERRED  TO AS PARTY  A):  Shenyang  Haitong  House
Properties Development Co.Ltd.
LENDER  (HEREAFTER  IS REFERRED TO AS PARTY B): The  Construction  Bank of China
Zhongsan Branch.

Party A applies a loan to Party B, while  Party B  examines  and agrees to grant
the loan according to .. In accordance with relevant laws and  regulations,  the
contract  hereunder  is  concluded  b the  two  parties  to  define  rights  and
obligations of each party upon negotiated consultation.

ARTICLE 1:Amount of loan.
Party A borrows from Party B RMB(in words): 15 millions yuan

ARTICLE 2:Purpose of loan
Party A will use the loan to purchase architectural decorating materials.

ARTICLE 3: Life of loan
The life of loan from December 29th ,1999 to December28th , 2000.

ARTICLE 4: Interest rate and interest of loan
The interest of loan shall be calculated  monthly at  5.3625/oo,  and be settled
monthly . The interest of loan shall be calculated  since the date when the loan
is  deposited  at the  account of Party A.  During the period of vitality of the
contract,  the interest  adjustment shall be conducted according to stipulations
of the People's Bank.

ARTICLE 5: Plan of utilizing the loan
The plan of utilizing the loan of Party A

ARTICLE 6:Plan of repaying the loan

In case  Party A repays  the loan  ahead of  time,  it shall  inform  Party B 10
workdays in advance for approval.

ARTICLE 7:Mode of paying interests
Party A ensures  that it shall pay the  interests  on  schedule  by  transfer of
accounts

In case  Party A does not pay the  interests  on time,  Party B has the right to
withhold the amount from the account of Party A or suspend offering the loan.

ARTICLE 8:Mode of withholding payment

Party A ensures  that it shall  repay the loan s the  stipulated  in  Article 6,
otherwise

Party B has the right,  directly or to entrust  other  party,  to  withhold  the
capital and interest of the loan and relating expenses from the account of Party
A.

ARTICLE 9:Amendment and termination of the contract

<PAGE>

1. After the contract is put into force,  neither party shall amend or terminate
   the contract arbitrarily.
2. In case Party A is not able to repay the loan  through  efforts when the loan
   becomes  due,  Party A may apply for a extension  of repaying to Party B, one
   loan may only be extended once.  Party A shall make a written  application to
   Party B 10 workdays in advance, and submit a written letter of guarantee with
   a third Party A's  guarantor or mortgager who agrees to the  extension.  Upon
   the approval of Party B an extension agreement of repaying shall be signed as
   an appendix to the contract.
3. Shall  Party A transfer  the rights or  obligations  under the  contract to a
   third party, a written consent shall be obtained from Party B in advance. The
   transferring  becomes  effective  after the  signing  of a new loan  contract
   between the transferee and Party B.
4. Shall  change of systems  such as of mergence,  separation,  contracting  and
   transform of stock  system etc.  Occurs in either Party A or B, the rights or
   obligations  under  the  contract  shall be  enjoyed  or  borne by the  party
   concerned after the change.

ARTICLE 10:Guarante of loan
To the capital and interest and expenses of loan under the contract, the unit of
will act as the guarantor of Party A or (and )the  property  offered by Shenyang
Haitong  House  Properties  Development  co.,Ltd.  As  the  mortgage.A  separate
contract of  guarantee  or (and)  mortgage  shall be signed as the  subordinated
contract.


ARTICLE  11:Within the vitality of the contract,  shall change of operation mode
occurs  in  Party  A  such  as  contracting,  lease,  mergence,   joint-venture,
separation, transformation of stock system, Party A shall inform Party B 30 days
in advance.  Upon the written approval of contract of system transformation from
Party B, Party A may carry out the action of change.

ARTICLE 12:Principal rights and obligations of Party A and Party B

1. Party A is  entitled  to demand  Party B to grant loan as  stipulated  by the
contract; 2. Party A shall repay the capital and interest of the loan within the
period stipulated by the
   contract;
3. Party A shall use the loan as stipulated  and shall not transfer it for other
   purpose without the written approval of Party B.
4. Party A shall provide relevant  schedule,  statistics,  financial  statement,
   etc. Demanded by Party B;
5. Party B is entitled to check the application of the loan;
6. Party B is entitled to supervise  capitals and operating  conditions of Party
A; 7. Party B shall grant the loan on schedule stipulated by the contract.

ARTICLE 13:Liabilities for breach of the contract

1. In case  Party A does not  utilize  the loan s agreed  upon,  Party B has the
   right to  charge  interest  by a daily  rate of 0.05% to the sum  during  the
   period of breach.
2. The party of the loan Party A does not repay on time is  regarded  as overdue
   loan , Party B has the right to  charge  interest  by a daily  rate of 0.021%
   during  the  overdue  period.


<PAGE>

In case Party A is able to repay the loan but  transfers  the capital on purpose
to avoid  repaying,  Party B has the right to impose joint loan  sanctions,  and
charge interest by a daily rate of 0.05% to the sum during the overdue period
3. In case Party A  arbitrarily  change the system of the  enterprise  violating
   stipulations  of ARTICLE 11 under the contract  which  results in the falling
   through of the obligatory right of the loan and loss of capital,  Party B has
   the right to  withhold  part or all of the loan,  and charge a fine of 30% of
   the sum borrowed.
4. In case Party A violates stipulations of ARTICLE 15 under the contract, Party
   B has the right to charge a fine of 30% of the sum borrowed.
5. Within the period of validity, in any one case of the following,  Party B has
   the right to stop granting the loan, withhold the capital and interest of the
   loan or deal with the  mortgage in advance,  and to directly  deduct from the
   account of Party A:

5.1Party A does not use the loan to purpose stipulated,  and will not correct by
  limited warning of Part B;
5.2Party A submits Party B false plan, statistics and financial statement,  etc;
5.3In case of a loan  contract  with a guarantee or (and ) mortgage from a third
party ,
  when the  guarantor  violates  the  contract or loses the  capacity of bearing
  joint liability,  mortgager  violates mortgage  agreement or the mortgage does
  not  compensate  for the  capital and  interest  of the loan,  Party a can not
  provide new guarantee or (and) mortgage demanded by Party B
5.4Party A is or well be involved in major legal action or arbitration and other
  legal disputes;
5.5Other actions  caused by Party A which impair its paying  capacity or want of
  paying intent.

ARTICLE 14:Settlement of disputes
The disputes  aroused in the  execution of the contract may be resolved  through
negotiations  between  the two  parties,  or a suit may be  started in the local
iople's court where loan bank 9of Party B)
resides.

ARTICLE 15: Other issues mutually agreed upon by the two parties:

1. Before  Party A pays off the capital and  interest of loan,  it shall not use
   the fixed assets coming from the loan of Party B to mortgage to a third party
2. Before  Party a pays off the  capital  and  interest  of loan,  it shall  not
   provide a credit guarantee which exceeds it capacity;
3.
4.

ARTICLE  16:Any  outstanding  issue shall be settled  according to Chinese laws,
regulations and financial rules.

ARTICLE  17:The  contract  shall  come  into  force  upon  signing  of the legal
representatives or their authorized agents with seal of the companies,  till the
completion of paying off of the capital and interest of loan under the contract.

ARTICLE 18:There are 3 original copies of the contract, Party A and Party B hold
one each, the guarantor (if any) holds one. There are 2 duplicates.


<PAGE>


THE PARTY A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Lee Shouzheng (Signature)
December 29,1999





THE PARTY B:
The Construction Bank of China Zhongsan Branch (Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Xiang Dongsheng (Signature)
December 29,1999





                         CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK (LOAN)
                                MORTGAGE CONTRACT





SERIAL NUMBER OF CONTRACT: 142


MORTGAGOR (THE PARTY A): SHENYANG HAITONG HOUSE  PROPERTIES
DEVELOPMENT  CO.LTD(HEREAFTER  REFERRED TO AS PARTY A)

ADDRESS:QINGNIAN STREET 386,HEPING DISTRICT

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: LEE SHOUZHENG

BANK ACCOUNT: ZHONGSHAN SUBBRANCH OF CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK.
ACCOUNTS:



MORTGAGEE(HEREAFTER  REFERRED  TO  AS  PARTY  B):ZHONGSHAN  SUBBRANCH  OF  CHINA
CONSTRUCTION BANK.

ADDRESS: 261,SHIFU ROAD ,SHENHE DISTRICT.

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: HE DONGSHENG







<PAGE>


To assure the  performance  of loan contract No. 142 , the party A would like to
take its own  property  or the  property  of which  the Party A has the right to
dispose legally as security. Through examination, the Party B accepted the Party
A's security property.  According to relevant rules of law, both parties consult
with each other, and come to agreements in the following items:

ARTICLE 1:The Party A mortgages property that ix listed in security listing.

ARTICLE 2:The amount that the Party A mortgage is 15.0 millions  yuan.  The term
of loan is from December 29th , 1999 to December 28th ,2000.

ARTICLE 3:The Party A assures that it has the  ownership or management  right of
the security.

ARTICLE  4:When  this  contract  goes into  effect,  the Party A should send the
ownership  warrant of the  security  to the Party B.  During the  mortgage,  the
ownership warrant of the security should be in safekeeping by the Party B.

ARTICLE 5:The range of mortgage and guarantee.
The sum of loan that is 15.0 millions yuan, interests,  fine, compensation,  and
the fees to realize  creditor's  rights and hypothec (which includes a retaining
fee and legal cost).

ARTICLE  6:Effectiveness  of this contract is independent from the loan contract
guarantee, The invalidation of loan contract doesn't affect the effectiveness of
this contract.

ARTICLE   7:The   Party  A  bears  fees  of  relevant   evaluation,   insurance,
identification, registration and keeping.

ARTICLE 8: During the mortgage,  the Party A is responsible  for  safekeeping of
the security, and to keep it in good condition.  The Party B can examine them at
any moment.

ARTICLE 9: The Party A should  insure the security in the course of mortgage and
appoint the Party B as the first  beneficiary.  The Party B holds the  insurance
Policy.

ARTICLE 10:In the period of mortgage,  if the security suffers loss that exceeds
the range of  insurance,  or the security is devalued  due to the third  party's
activity,   the  insurance   compensation  or  damage   compensation  should  be
transferred  by  Party A to the  account  pointed  by the  Party B.  During  the
mortgage, the Party A can't use this property.

ARTICLE 11: If the security is devalued,  the Party A should provide the Party B
with guarantee that equals the value decreased in thirty days.

ARTICLE  12:In the period of  mortgage,  if the  security  incurs  pollution  to
environment or other damage, the Party A should bear the responsibility itself.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 13:During the mortgage, without the 3 agreement of the Party Bin written
form, the Party A can't present, move, rent, transfer,  re-mortgage, or transact
the security under this contract in any other improper manner.

ARTICLE  14:In  period of the  mortgage,  with the  agreement  of the Party B in
written form, the money obtained by the Party A from  transferring  the security
should be used preferentially to repay the Party B the creditor's rights ahead.

ARTICLE  15:When the term of loan  prescribed  in the contract  expires,  if the
borrower  can't repay the debt,  the Party B is entitled to convert the security
into money., or auction, sell the security. The Party B can share Preferentially
the money obtained in the above-mentioned manner, and realize hypothec.

ARTICLE 16:The Party B can dispose of the security  ahead and realize  hypothec,
or stop  providing  the loan under loan  contact  or recall  the  principal  and
interest having been provided ahead, if any of the situations as follows happen:

1. The  Party A is  announced  to be  dismissed  or  bankrupt;
2. The Party A seriously  breached the duty  prescribed  in the fourth,  eighth,
 ninth,  eleventh  and  thirteenth  item of this  contract,  or  other  behavior
 breaching this contract seriously take place.
3. In  period of loan  term,  the  borrower  is  announced  to be  bankrupt  and
 dismissed,  or the company's systems  modified.  They induce that the Party B's
 creditor's  rights go by the board, the use of loan id changed,  the Party A is
 entangled with lawsuit,  and other situation that  influences  enough the Party
 A's compensation ability or behavior lacking of honest to repay occur.

ARTICLE 17: If the Party A damages  the Party B's  economic  benefit  because of
concealing  situation  of  co-ownership,  controversy,  being  sealed up,  being
corresponding  compensation  that  is 30  percent  of the  sum of  loan.  If the
compensation  is not  enough  to offset  the  damage to the Party B, the Party A
should  compensate  the  insufficient  part.  The party B is entitled to use the
money in the Party A's account to balance the compensation and fine.

ARTICLE  18:The  money  obtained by the Party B from  disposing  of the security
could be allotted in the order as follows:
1. Pay the fees that are needed to transact the security;
2. Repay the interest that the Party A owes the Party B;
3. Repay the compensation, fine, and principal of loan that the Party A owes the
 Party B, and so on.
4. Pay other fees.

ARTICLE 19:Other items promised.
Nothing

ARTICLE  20:If the two parties  don't come to an  agreement  on the  controversy
about movable property caused by this contract, they should lodge a complaint in
the Party B's local court.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 21:When the security listed in the security listing is registered,  this
contract goes into effect.

ARTICLE 22:Both parties' legal  representatives (or authorization agents) should
sign and affix their common seal on the contract.  It will also  efficacy  after
other relevant fees are repaid.

ARTICLE 23: This contract  consists of two duplicates.  The two parties hold one
of them respectively.


THE PARTY A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd.

Legal representative (Signature): Lee Shouzheng
(or authorization agent)

Date:1999-12-29



THE PARTY B:
Construction Bank of China Shenyang Zhongshan Subbranch.

Legal representative (Signature):He Dongsheng
(or authorization agent)

Date :1999-12-29


Appendix: Security list

Tower A18 floor room no:1857,1858,1859

       21 floor room no:2152, 2155-2168

       28 floor  room no:2852, 2855-2868





             LOAN CONTRACT OF RMB OF THE CONSTRUCTION BANK OF CHINA





Type of loan:
Code of the contract:


Borrower: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd
Address:386,Qingnian street, Heping District
Tel: 23180318
Legal representative: Lee Shouzheng
Banking institution and the account number: 449-239003038
Fax: 23180944
Post Code: 110003


Lender: The Construction Bank of China, The Construction Subbranch
Address: 109, Minzhu Road
Tel: 23847490
Legal representative:
Fax:
Post Code:



<PAGE>


BORROWER  (HEREINAFTER  IS  REFERRED  TO AS PARTY  A):  Shenyang  Haitong  House
Properties Development Co.Ltd. LENDER (HEREAFTER IS REFERRED TO AS PARTY B): The
Construction Bank of China, The Construction Subbranch

Party A applies a loan to Party B, while  Party B  examines  and agrees to grant
the loan according to .. In accordance with relevant laws and  regulations,  the
contract hereunder is concluded the two parties to define rights and obligations
of each party upon negotiated consultation.

ARTICLE 1:Amount of loan.
Party A borrows  from Party B RMB(in  words):  forty  million and eight  hundred
thousand yuan.

ARTICLE 2:Purpose of loan
Party A will use the loan to purchase architectural decorating materials.

ARTICLE 3: Life of loan
The life of loan from December 30th 1999 to December 29th , 2000.

ARTICLE 4: Interest rate and interest of loan
The  interest of loan shall be  calculated  monthly at  5.85/oo,  and be settled
monthly .
The  interest  of loan  shall be  calculated  since  the  date  when the loan is
deposited  at the  account  of Party A.  During the  period of  vitality  of the
contract,  the interest  adjustment shall be conducted according to stipulations
of the People's Bank.

ARTICLE 5: Plan of utilizing the loan
The plan of repaying the loan of Party A Year month ten thousand yuan Year month
ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan Year
month ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan

ARTICLE 6:Plan of repaying the loan
The plan of repaying the loan of Party A Year month ten thousand yuan Year month
ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan Year
month ten thousand yuan Year month ten thousand yuan

In case  Party A repays  the loan  ahead of  time,  it shall  inform  Party B 10
workdays in advance for approval.

ARTICLE 7:Mode of paying interests
Party A ensures that it shall pay the interests on schedule :

In case  Party A does not pay the  interests  on time,  Party B has the right to
withhold the amount from the account of Party A or suspend offering the loan.

ARTICLE 8:Mode of withholding payment
<PAGE>

Party A ensures  that it shall  repay the loan s the  stipulated  in  Article 6,
otherwise

Party B has the right,  directly or to entrust  other  party,  to  withhold  the
capital and interest of the loan and relating expenses from the account of Party
A.

ARTICLE 9:Amendment and termination of the contract

1. After the contract is put into force,  neither party shall amend or terminate
the contract arbitrarily.
2. In case Party A is not able to repay the loan  through  efforts when the loan
becomes due,  Party A may apply for a extension of repaying to Party B, one loan
may only be extended once.  Party A shall make a written  application to Party B
workdays in advance, and submit a written letter of guarantee with a third Party
A's  guarantor or mortgager  who agrees to the  extension.  Upon the approval of
Party B an extension agreement of repaying shall be signed as an appendix to the
contract.
3. Shall  Party A transfer  the rights or  obligations  under the  contract to a
third party,  a written  consent shall be obtained from Party B in advance.  The
transferring  becomes effective after the signing of a new loan contract between
the  transferee  and Party B.
4. Shall  change of systems  such as of mergence,  separation,  contracting  and
transform  of stock  system  etc.  Occurs in either  Party A or B, the rights or
obligations  under the contract shall be enjoyed or borne by the party concerned
after the change.

ARTICLE 10:Guarante of loan
To the capital and interest and expenses of loan under the contract, the unit of
will act as the guarantor of Party A or (and )the  property  offered by Shenyang
Haitong  House  Properties  Development  co.,Ltd.  As  the  mortgage.A  separate
contract of  guarantee  or (and)  mortgage  shall be signed as the  subordinated
contract.


ARTICLE  11:Within the vitality of the contract,  shall change of operation mode
occurs  in  Party  A  such  as  contracting,  lease,  mergence,   joint-venture,
separation, transformation of stock system, Party A shall inform Party B days in
advance.  Upon the written  approval of contract of system  transformation  from
Party B, Party A may carry out the action of change.

ARTICLE 12:Principal rights and obligations of Party A and Party B

1. Party A is  entitled  to demand  Party B to grant loan as  stipulated  by the
contract;
2. Party A shall repay the capital and interest of the loan within the
period  stipulated by the contract;
3. Party A shall use the loan as stipulated  and shall not transfer it for other
purpose without the written approval of Party B.
4. Party A shall provide relevant  schedule,  statistics,  financial  statement,
etc. Demanded by Party B;
5. Party B is entitled to check the application of the loan;
6. Party B is entitled to supervise  capitals and operating  conditions of Party
A;
7. Party B shall grant the loan on schedule stipulated by the contract.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 13:Liabilities for breach of the contract

1. In case  Party A does not  utilize  the loan s agreed  upon,  Party B has the
   right to charge  interest by a daily rate of____ to the sum during the period
   of breach.
2. The party of the loan Party A does not repay on time is  regarded  as overdue
   loan , Party B has the right to charge interest by a daily rate of during the
   overdue  period.  In case Party A is able to repay the loan but transfers the
   capital on purpose to avoid  repaying,  Party B has the right to impose joint
   loan sanctions, and charge interest by a daily rate of_____ to the sum during
   the overdue period
3. In case Party A  arbitrarily  change the system of the  enterprise  violating
   stipulations  of ARTICLE 11 under the contract  which  results in the falling
   through of the obligatory right of the loan and loss of capital,  Party B has
   the right to  withhold  part or all of the loan,  and charge a fine of of the
   sum borrowed.
4. In case Party A violates stipulations of ARTICLE 15 under the contract, Party
   B has the right to charge a fine of of the sum borrowed.
5. Within the period of validity, in any one case of the following,  Party B has
   the right to stop granting the loan, withhold the capital and interest of the
   loan or deal with the  mortgage in advance,  and to directly  deduct from the
   account of Party A:

5.1Party A does not use the loan to purpose stipulated,  and will not correct by
  limited warning of Part B;
5.2Party A submits Party B false plan, statistics and financial statement,  etc;
5.3In case of a loan  contract  with a guarantee or (and ) mortgage from a third
party ,
  when the  guarantor  violates  the  contract or loses the  capacity of bearing
  joint liability,  mortgager  violates mortgage  agreement or the mortgage does
  not  compensate  for the  capital and  interest  of the loan,  Party a can not
  provide new guarantee or (and) mortgage demanded by Party B
5.4Party A is or well be involved in major legal action or arbitration and other
  legal disputes;
5.5Other actions  caused by Party A which impair its paying  capacity or want of
  paying intent.

ARTICLE 14:Settlement of disputes
The disputes  aroused in the  execution of the contract may be resolved  through
negotiations  between  the two  parties,  or a suit may be  started in the local
iople's court where loan bank 9of Party B) resides.

ARTICLE 15: Other issues mutually agreed upon by the two parties:

1. Before  Party A pays off the capital and  interest of loan,  it shall not use
   the fixed assets coming from the loan of Party B to mortgage to a third party
2. Before  Party a pays off the  capital  and  interest  of loan,  it shall  not
   provide a credit guarantee which exceeds it capacity;
3.
4.

ARTICLE  16:Any  outstanding  issue shall be settled  according to Chinese laws,

<PAGE>

regulations and financial rules.

ARTICLE  17:The  contract  shall  come  into  force  upon  signing  of the legal
representatives or their authorized agents with seal of the companies,  till the
completion of paying off of the capital and interest of loan under the contract.

ARTICLE  18:There are original copies of the contract,  Party A and Party B hold
one each, the guarantor (if any) holds one. There are duplicates.




THE PARTY A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Lee Shouzheng (Signature)





THE PARTY B:
Construction Bank of China Construction Subbranch.(Seal)
Legal representative(or authorizaiton agent):Wang Zhicheng (Signature)






                         CHINA CONSTRUCTION BANK (LOAN)
                                MORTGAGE CONTRACT





SERIAL NUMBER OF CONTRACT:


MORTGAGOR  (THE  PARTY  A):  SHENYANG  HAITONG  HOUSE   PROPERTIES   DEVELOPMENT
CO.LTD(HEREAFTER REFERRED TO AS PARTY A)

ADDRESS:QINGNIAN STREET 386,HEPING DISTRICT

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: LEE SHOUZHENG

BANK ACCOUNT:
ACCOUNTS:449-239003038



MORTGAGEE(HEREAFTER REFERRED TO AS PARTY B):CITY CONSTRUCTION SUBBRANCH OF CHINA
CONSTRUCTION BANK.

ADDRESS: 109,MINZHU ROAD , HEPING DISTRICT.

LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE:





To assure the  performance of loan contract No. , the party A would like to take
its own  property or the  property of which the Party A has the right to dispose
legally as  security.  Through  examination,  the Party B accepted the Party A's
security property. According to relevant rules of law, both parties consult with
each other, and come to agreements in the following items:


<PAGE>

ARTICLE 1:The Party A mortgages property that ix listed in security listing.

ARTICLE 2:The amount that the Party A mortgage is 40.8 millions  yuan.  The term
of loan is from 30 December 1999 to 29 December 2000.

ARTICLE 3:The Party A assures that it has the  ownership or management  right of
the security.

ARTICLE  4:When  this  contract  goes into  effect,  the Party A should send the
ownership  warrant of the  security  to the Party B.  During the  mortgage,  the
ownership warrant of the security should be in safekeeping by the Party B.

ARTICLE 5:The range of mortgage and guarantee.
The sum of loan that is 40.8 millions yuan, interests,  fine, compensation,  and
the fees to realize  creditor's  rights and hypothec (which includes a retaining
fee and legal cost).

ARTICLE  6:Effectiveness  of this contract is independent from the loan contract
guarantee, The invalidation of loan contract doesn't affect the effectiveness of
this contract.

ARTICLE   7:The   Party  A  bears  fees  of  relevant   evaluation,   insurance,
identification, registration and keeping.

ARTICLE 8: During the mortgage,  the Party A is responsible  for  safekeeping of
the security, and to keep it in good condition.  The Party B can examine them at
any moment.

ARTICLE 9: The Party A should  insure the security in the course of mortgage and
appoint the Party B as the first  beneficiary.  The Party B holds the  insurance
Policy.

ARTICLE 10:In the period of mortgage,  if the security suffers loss that exceeds
the range of  insurance,  or the security is devalued  due to the third  party's
activity,   the  insurance   compensation  or  damage   compensation  should  be
transferred  by  Party A to the  account  pointed  by the  Party B.  During  the
mortgage, the Party A can't use this property.

ARTICLE 11: If the security is devalued,  the Party A should provide the Party B
with guarantee that equals the value decreased in thirty days.

ARTICLE  12:In the period of  mortgage,  if the  security  incurs  pollution  to
environment or other damage, the Party A should bear the responsibility itself.

ARTICLE 13:During the mortgage, without the 3 agreement of the Party Bin written
form, the Party A can't present, move, rent, transfer,  re-mortgage, or transact
the security under this contract in any other improper manner.

ARTICLE  14:In  period of the  mortgage,  with the  agreement  of the Party B in


<PAGE>

written form, the money obtained by the Party A from  transferring  the security
should be used preferentially to repay the Party B the creditor's rights ahead.

ARTICLE  15:When the term of loan  prescribed  in the contract  expires,  if the
borrower  can't repay the debt,  the Party B is entitled to convert the security
into money., or auction, sell the security. The Party B can share Preferentially
the money obtained in the above-mentioned manner, and realize hypothec.

ARTICLE 16:The Party B can dispose of the security  ahead and realize  hypothec,
or stop  providing  the loan under loan  contact  or recall  the  principal  and
interest having been provided ahead, if any of the situations as follows happen:
1. The Party A is announced to be dismissed or bankrupt;
2. The Party A seriously  breached the duty  prescribed  in the fourth,  eighth,
   ninth,  eleventh and  thirteenth  item of this  contract,  or other  behavior
   breaching this contract seriously take place.
3. In  period of loan  term,  the  borrower  is  announced  to be  bankrupt  and
   dismissed,  or the company's systems modified. They induce that the Party B's
   creditor's rights go by the board, the use of loan id changed, the Party A is
   entangled with lawsuit,  and other situation that influences enough the Party
   A's compensation ability or behavior lacking of honest to repay occur.

ARTICLE 17: If the Party A damages  the Party B's  economic  benefit  because of
concealing  situation  of  co-ownership,  controversy,  being  sealed up,  being
corresponding  compensation  that  is 30  percent  of the  sum of  loan.  If the
compensation  is not  enough  to offset  the  damage to the Party B, the Party A
should  compensate  the  insufficient  part.  The party B is entitled to use the
money in the Party A's account to balance the compensation and fine.

ARTICLE  18:The  money  obtained by the Party B from  disposing  of the security
could be allotted  in the order as  follows:
1. Pay the fees that are needed to transact the security;
2. Repay the interest that the Party A owes the Party B;
3. Repay the compensation, fine, and principal of loan that the Party A owes the
   Party B, and so on.
4. Pay other fees.

ARTICLE 19:Other items promised.


ARTICLE  20:If the two parties  don't come to an  agreement  on the  controversy
about movable property caused by this contract, they should lodge a complaint in
the Party B's local court.

ARTICLE 21:When the security listed in the security listing is registered,  this
contract goes into effect.

ARTICLE 22:Both parties' legal  representatives (or authorization agents) should
sign and affix their common seal on the contract.  It will also  efficacy  after


<PAGE>

other relevant fees are repaid.

ARTICLE 23: This contract  consists of two duplicates.  The two parties hold one
of them respectively.


THE PARTY A:
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Co.,Ltd.

Legal representative (Signature): Lee Shouzheng
(or authorization agent)

Date:99-12-28


THE PARTY B:
Construction Bank of China Shenyang City Construction Subbranch.

Legal representative (Signature):Wang Zhicheng
(or authorization agent)

Date :


Appendix: Security list:

Podium parts of 2 floor

Tower A 23 floor  Room No 2352  2355-2360  2363-2368

       18floor  Room No  1862



                               Management Contract


Owner: Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development Ltd.(Party A)
Legal representative: Lee Shou-cheng
Address: No.386 Qingnian Street, Heping District, Shenyang
Tel: 23180688  23180988

Operator: Huayang Real Estate Management (Shenyang) Co.,Ltd (Party B)
Legal representative: Wang Xiaoluan
Address: No.386 Qingnian Street, Heping District, Shenyang
Tel: 23180921  23180922


      The above two  parties  have  agreed  upon the  following  terms under the
Economic  Contract  Law  of  the  People's  Republic  of  China  concerning  the
management of "Huayang International Mansion":

1     Party A  agreed  to  assign  to Party B with the  management  of  "Huayang
      International  Mansion" A (hereafter "Mansion") located in No.386 Qingnian
      Street, Heping Distric, Shenyang.
2     Party B's  management  responsibilities  include:  keep good  condition of
      Owner's  property  and public  facilities;  keep the public  area tidy and
      clean; offer a green living environment and good security service.
3     Party A is responsible  for offering  Party B with office space  (500m(2))
      free of charge.
4     Party B should  establish a Property  Management  Procedure  and submit to
      Party A for review.  Party B should  manage the building  according to the
      approved Procedure.  Tenants of the Mansion shall sign a Property Contract
      with Party B.
5     Party B should  determine  the level of  management  fees based on related
      rules and  regulations  and  submit the fee  standard  to  Shenyang  Price
      Administration for approval.  The management fee should be used by Party B
      for the management of the Mansion.
6     Party B is  responsible  for the  management of the units in Building A of
      the Mansion that have not been sold or leased. Sales Department of Party A
      should  inform  Party B  promptly  of the  information  about  unsold  and
      unleased units.
7     Party B has the right to restrain  the  noncompliance  action of the rules
      and regulations.
8     Party A shall  monitor  and  inspect  Party  B's  work  and  fees  charged
      according to the management contract and related rules and regulations.
9     Party  A  may  give  Party  B  warnings,  order  Party  B to  make  timely
      correction,  ask Party B to compensate for any loss incurred, and charge a
      penalty to Party B for any action resulted from the following:


<PAGE>
      9.1   The repair of public facilities is not in time.
      9.2   The management system is not sound.
      9.3   Fees are increased without permission.
      9.4   The noncompliance of this contract.
10    Any transfer or  subcontracting  of this contract shall be agreed by Party
      A.
11    Any issues unsettled in this contract shall be negotiated  between Party A
      and Party B.  Amendments  to this  Contract  may be signed  and shall have
      legal validity.
12    The contract is in quadruple  with two  original  copies.  13 The contract
      shall go into effect upon being signed by the two parties.


Owner (Party A):                             (seal)
Legal representative:                        (signature)

                                              Date:


Operator (Party B):                          (seal)
Legal representative:                        (signature)

                                              Date:


              HUAYANG INTERNATIONAL BUILDING OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

LESSOR:  Huayang Industry & Commerce Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as
         Party A)
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE: Gao Wanjun
LEGAL ADDRESS:  A3 No. 386 Qingnian Street, Heping District, Shenyang

LEASEE:                             (hereinafter referred to as Party B)
LEGAL REPRESENTATIVE:
LEGAL ADDRESS:
TELEPHONE:
I.D.  NO.:

In accordance with the Economic Contract Laws of the People's Republic of China,
Party A and Party B have  entered into this  agreement  on office lease  through
friendly negotiations.

I. THE LOCATION, UNIT AND AREA OF THE LEASED OFFICE
Party A agrees to lease its  office to Party B,  which is  numbered , located on
the floor , tower A, Huayang International Building, with a floor area of square
meters.  The  building is  situated at 386  Qingnian  Street,  Heping  District,
Shenyang.

II. LEASING PERIOD
The leasing period is ______ years, commencing on _______________ and ending on
__________.

III. RENT AND OTHER COSTS (IN RMB YUAN ) AND THE MODE OF PAYMENT
1. The  annual  rent is . Party B shall pay to Party A 1,000  yuan as deposit on
the date of signature of this  agreement,  and pay two months' deposit and first
rent  within  one  week  before  occupying  the  office  (the  deposit  is to be
calculated as rent).
2. Water,  property  management fee and central heating fees are included in the
rent
3.  Electricity  and phone bills are to be borne by Party B. 4. Mode of Payment:
to de agreed upon in supplementary clauses.

IV. OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTY A
1. To provide the leased office to party B in a timely manner.
2. To carry out periodic  check of the leased  office and its  facilities,  make
   sure that Party B can use it in a safe and normal way.
3. Not to  terminate  the  Agreement  unilaterally  within the  validity of this
   Agreement.
4. Party A has the right to revoke  the  leased  office if any of the  following
   circumstances occurs:
a. Party B  re-leases,  transfers,  contributes  as a stake,  share or trade the
   leased office or has done anything that infringes upon Party A's ownership of
   its office.
b. Party B engaged  in illegal  activities  in the  leased  office and  violated
   public interests.


<PAGE>

c. Party B delayed paying the rent exceeding 30 days.

V. OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PARTY B

1. Party B shall not change the structure and function of the office.
2. Party B shall not terminate the agreement unilaterally.
3. Party B shall sign a Property Management  Agreement with Party A stating that
   Party  A  shall  observe  this  Agreement  and  the  rules  and   regulations
   promulgated by the building's Property Management company.
4. Party shall take care of and protect the facilities in the leased office. And
   Party B shall indemnify Party A against losses owing to Party B's fault.
5. Party B shall pay the rent and a penalty on 0.1 % daily basis if Party B does
   not pay the rent in time.
6. Party B shall renew or cancel the lease 10 days before this  agreement  ends.
   If Party B does not want to renew the lease, it shall keep the office tidy as
   when the lease starts.  Deposit shall be returned  after Party A inspects and
   accepts the office.

VI. FORCE MAJEURE
If Force  Majeure  specified in the law makes it  impossible  to implement  this
Agreement,  Party  B  shall  not  claim  to  Party A and  this  Agreement  shall
automatically end.

VII. ATTACHMENT AND SUPPLEMENT
1. Both parties shall negotiate  anything that is not covered in this Agreement.
   Any  supplementary  clauses or agreement shall be deemed as indivisible parts
   of this agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
2. This agreement is in  quadruplicate,  and takes immediate  effect once signed
   and chopped by both parties.

 SUPPLEMENTARY CLAUSES:




 PARTY A: Huayang Industry & Commerce Group Co., Ltd.
 REPRESENTED BY:
 DATE:


 PARTY B:
 REPRESENTED BY:
 DATE:

 LEASING PERIOD:        FROM                 TILL


               CHANGYANG HOTEL INTERNATIONAL (SHENYANG) CO., LTD.


                                       AND


                    SHERATON OVERSEAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION






================================================================================
                               MANAGEMENT CONTRACT
================================================================================



<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----




<PAGE>

                               MANAGEMENT CONTRACT



THIS MANAGEMENT CONTRACT made and entered into this 15th day of September, 1995,
by and  between  Huasheng  Hotel  International  (Shenyang)  Co.,  Ltd.,  a duly
organized and  registered  legal entity  existing under the laws of the People's
Republic of China and having its legal  address at 386 Qingnian  Street,  Heping
District,  Shenyang,  Liaoning Province, People's Republic of China (Owner), and
SHERATON OVERSEAS  MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  having its
principal offices at Sixty State Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts  02109,  U.S.A.
(Operator).

WHEREAS

(1)      Owner owns or leases and has the legal right to the  exclusive  use and
         occupation  of the  Site  (as  hereinafter  defined)  for the  Term (as
         hereinafter  defined) and is in the course of designing  and  planning,
         and proposes to  construct,  furnish and equip on the Site,  at its own
         expense,  to be  completed  for  operation  by  the  end  of  1996,  an
         international  5-star quality hotel  complying with Sheraton  Standards
         (as  hereinafter  defined),  as part of a multi-use  project,  known as
         Huayang  International  Mansion,  being  developed  by the  company  at
         Shenyang, Liaoning Province, People's Republic of China.

(2)      Operator is in the business of and  experienced in ownership,  managing
         and operating, as well as planning, decorating,  furnishing,  equipping
         and promoting hotels.

(3)      Operator and Owner have entered into the Technical  Services  Agreement
         (as  hereinafter  defined)  wherein  Operator  has  agreed  to  provide
         assistance to Owner during the various design and  construction  phases
         of the Huayang International  Mansion and in the planning,  decorating,
         furnishing  and  equipping of the Huayang  International  Mansion for a
         technical service fee of US$650,000.00.

(4)      Owner  wishes to obtain the benefits of  Operator's  expertise in hotel
         management and operation.

(5)      Owner has ownership control of the Hotel and has the legal authority to
         engage  Operator  as the  operator  of the  Hotel  under  a  management
         contract agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Owner and Operator hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

1.01.  ADDITIONAL  TECHNICAL SERVICES has the meaning set forth in the Technical
Services Agreement.

1.02.  AFFILIATE AND AFFILIATED  COMPANY mean, save where a different meaning is
apparent,  a company in which the relevant named company is a shareholder or has
management control.



<PAGE>

1.03.  AGENCY  ACCOUNT means an account in the name of the Hotel at the Bank, to
be used for the purposes described in Section 10.01.

1.04. AGENCY ACCOUNTS means both the Agency Account and the USS Agency Account.

1.05. APPROVED FINAL PLANS means the final plans and specifications  referred to
in Article II as approved by Owner and Operator.

1.06.  AVAILABLE  ROOMS means the number of Hotel rooms that are  available  for
sale to guests which does not include house use or commercial rooms but includes
rooms which are out of order and complimentary rooms.

1.07.  BANK  means an  internationally  reputable  bank  selected  by Owner  and
approved by Operator.

1.08.  BASIC FEE means an amount equal to a  percentage,  as  particularized  in
Section  7.01,  of the Total  Revenue for each  Fiscal  Year or part  thereof in
question, payable net of any applicable withholding tax.

1.09. BUILDING & APPURTENANCES means a building(s) containing  approximately 563
guest rooms (each with private bath) and 105 apartments,  restaurants,  lobbies,
bars and lounges, banquet and conference rooms, commercial space for the sale of
goods or services, elevators,  back-of-the-house and parking areas, recreational
facilities,  appropriate landscaping, and other related facilities together with
all  installations,  equipment  and vehicles  necessary or  appropriate  for the
operation thereof as an hotel complying with Sheraton Standards  including,  but
without limitation, life safety and fire, heating, lighting, sanitary, cleaning,
air conditioning, refrigeration, laundry and dry cleaning, built-in bar, kitchen
and office installations, equipment and vehicles.

1.10. CENTRALIZED SERVICES means Sheraton Group accounting services and training
services  (including the Sheraton  Account  Management  Effectiveness  Program),
employee benefit programs, centralized bulk purchasing, joint marketing services
(including   cluster   advertising),   joint  sales   offices,   Sheraton  Guest
Satisfaction  System,  Sheraton Club International  Program,  Sheraton executive
staff  recruitment  and training  programs and other services as are and will be
made  available  generally to managed  hotels in the same  general  geographical
location and  appealing  to the same market in the Sheraton  hotel system in the
Sheraton Asia-Pacific Division.

1.11.  CENTRALIZED  SERVICES COST means the Hotel's  proportionate  share of the
total cost of the Centralized Services which is reasonably estimated by ITTSC to
be incurred on a system-wide basis by Sheraton in respect of the hotel.

1.12.    CONTRACT means this Management Contract.

1.13.  CONTRACTORS  means  architects,  builders,  engineers,  project managers,
interior designers,  decorators and other specialists and consultants  necessary
for the design, construction, decorating, furnishing and equipping of the Hotel.

1.14. COUNTRY means the People's Republic of China (excluding Taiwan,  Hong Kong
and Macau).


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

1.15.  EFFECTIVE  ASSIGNMENT  DATE  means  the date on which  an  assignment  as
referred to in Article XVIII is intended to take effect.

1.16.  EFFECTIVE DATE means the date on which this Contract is stated to be made
and entered  into and  approved by the  Ministry of Foreign  Trade and  Economic
Cooperation or its local counterpart.

1.17. ESTIMATED PARTIAL OPENING DATE means September 30, 1996 or such other date
as Owner and  Operator  may agree in writing as the date on which they  estimate
the Hotel will be ready for partial operations in accordance with Section 4.05.

1.18.  EXPATRIATES means Hotel personnel  recruited by Operator from any country
other than the Country to work at the Hotel.

1.19. FINAL INSPECTION means a final inspection of the Hotel carried out jointly
by Owner and Operator prior to the scheduled Full Opening Date.

1.20.  FISCAL MONTH means an accounting  period containing not less than two (2)
but not more than seven (7) full weeks.

1.21.  FISCAL YEAR means a calendar  year (save that the first Fiscal Year shall
commence on the Partial  Opening  Date and end on the 31st  December in the same
calendar year).

1.22.  FULL FISCAL  YEAR means a Fiscal Year of not less than three  hundred and
sixty-five (365) days.

1.23.  FULL OPENING DATE means the date on which  Operator fully opens the Hotel
to the public in accordance with Section 4.05 and shall, unless otherwise agreed
by Owner and Operator, be December 30, 1996.

1.24. FURNITURE, FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT or FF&E means all furniture,  furnishings,
fixtures,  life  safety  and fire and hotel  equipment  in or  required  for the
operation of the Building & Appurtenances.

1.25. GROSS OPERATING PROFIT has the meaning set forth in Appendix B.

1.26.  HANDOVER  INSPECTION means a handover inspection of the Hotel carried out
jointly  by Owner and  Operator  not less  than  sixty  (60)  days  prior to the
scheduled Partial Opening Date.

1.27.  HOTEL means  collectively  the Site,  the Building &  Appurtenances,  all
necessary FE&E,  Operating  Equipment and Operating Supplies as described in the
Huayang Sheraton Hotel Facilities Guide attached hereto as Appendix F.

1.28. HOTEL DESIGN GUIDE means the Hotel Design Guide issued by ITTSC, dated May
1991, as amended, supplemented or revised from time to time.

1.29.  INCENTIVE  FEE means an  amount  equal to five per cent (5%) of the Gross
Operating Profit for each Fiscal Year or part thereof in question.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

1.30.  INDEPENDENT  AUDITOR means Arthur  Andersen & Co. ("AA"),  or a certified
public accountant  registered in the Country working as a correspondent of AA or
any other  reputable  firm of  public  accountants  as  otherwise  nominated  by
Operator which is registered in the Country and experienced in hotel  accounting
and  auditing  (and Owner shall not  unreasonably  withhold its approval of such
nominee).

1.31. INTEREST HOLDER means any person, firm or corporation other than Owner.

1.32.  ITTSC means ITT Sheraton  Corporation,  a corporation  incorporated  with
limited  liability in the State of Delaware U.S.A.  having its principal offices
at Sixty State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, U.S.A.

1.33.  LICENSE  CONTRACT means the License  Contract by and between Licensor and
Owner, executed on even date hereof attached as Appendix C.

1.34. LICENSE FEE has the meaning set forth in the License Contract.

1.35.   LICENSES   means  all  licenses,   permits,   consents,   approvals  and
authorizations   (governmental,   municipal  or  otherwise)   required  for  the
ownership,  construction,  management and operation of the Hotel and its related
facilities  in  accordance  with this  Contract  including,  but not limited to:
Certificate of Occupancy;  Foreign Exchange  Registration  Certificate  obtained
from the State  Administration  of Foreign  Exchange  Control;  foreign contract
business  license  obtained  from  the  State  Administration  of  Industry  and
Commerce, liquor licenses for the sale of alcoholic beverages at all restaurants
and bars in the Hotel and to all guest rooms; restaurant and hotel licenses; and
all licenses,  permits,  consents,  approvals and authorizations  (governmental,
municipal or otherwise) required for the procurement and import of all necessary
FF&E, Operating Equipment, Operating Supplies, foods and beverages for the Hotel
to  operate  as  an  international  five-star  quality  hotel  meeting  Sheraton
Standards.

1.36. LICENSOR means Sheraton International,  Inc., a Delaware corporation and a
wholly owned subsidiary of ITTSC, and its successors and assigns.

1.37. LOCAL CURRENCY means the currency of the Country.

1.38. OPERATING EQUIPMENT means all chinaware,  glassware,  linens,  silverware,
uniforms,  utensils and other items of a similar  nature,  including  such items
bearing the  "Sheraton"  name or identifying  characteristics  as Operator shall
consider appropriate.

1.39. OPERATING EXPENSES has the meaning set forth in Appendix B.

1.40.  OPERATING  SUPPLIES  means all  inventories of paper  supplies,  cleaning
materials  and  similar  consumable  items;  including  such items  bearing  the
"Sheraton"  name and  identifying  characteristics  as Operator  shall  consider
appropriate.

1.41.  OPERATING TERM means the initial Operating Term and any extension thereof
in accordance with Sections 3.01 and 3.02.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

1.42.  PARTIAL  OPENING  DATE means the date on which  Operator  first opens the
Hotel for partial operations in accordance with Section 4.05.

1.43.  PRE-OPENING AGENCY ACCOUNT means an account bearing the name of the Hotel
with the Bank from which all Pre-Opening Expenses shall be paid.

1.44.  PRE-OPENING  BUDGET  means  a  budget  with  represents  an  estimate  of
Pre-Opening Expenses.

1.45.  PRE-OPENING  EXPENSES means the cost and expenses in connection  with the
preparation of the Hotel for opening.

1.46.  PRE-OPENING SERVICES means activities  associated with the preparation of
the Hotel for opening.

1.47.  REPLACEMENT  RESERVE means a cash reserve  maintained  for the purpose of
making replacements or substitutions of or additions to FF&E.

1.48. RESERVE ACCOUNT means an interest bearing account in the name of the Hotel
at a bank in the  locality of the Hotel  selected by Operator for the purpose of
holding the Replacement Reserve.

1.49.  RESCORP  means  ITT  Sheraton   Reservations   Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation  and a wholly owned  subsidiary  of ITTSC,  and its  successors  and
assigns.

1.50.  RESERVATION  COST has the  meaning set forth in the  Reservation  Service
Contract.

1.51.  RESERVATION  SERVICES  CONTRACT means the Sheraton  Reservation  Services
Contract by and between Owner and Rescorp, executed on even date hereof attached
as Appendix D.

1.52.  ROOM or ROOMS means a walled  structure  that  contains a bed, bath and a
separately keyed hallway entrance.

1.53.  SHERATON  GROUP  means  ITTSC and all of its  subsidiary  and  affiliated
companies.

1.54.  SHERATON MARKS means the word "Sheraton",  the Sheraton stylized "S" mark
or any other  service  mark,  trademark,  trade name emblem,  insignia,  slogan,
symbol,  design or distinguishing  characteristics  associated with the Sheraton
Group, including the Chinese name of "Sheraton".

1.55.  SHERATON  RESERVATIONS  SYSTEM means the worldwide network for the making
and  confirming  of  reservations  at  Sheraton  hotels   throughout  the  world
maintained by Rescorp.

1.56.  SHERATON  STANDARDS  means  the  quality  standards  of  the  Building  &
Appurtenances,  FF&E,  Operating  Equipment and Operating Supplies equivalent to
newly-constructed   international  hotels  of  similar  type  managed  and  with
technical  services provided by members of the Sheraton Group meeting all of the
requirements  of the Hotel Design Guide  including all requisite life safety and
fire requirements.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

1.57.  SITE  means the land  located  at  Qingnian  Street,  Shenyang,  PRC more
particularly described in Appendix A.

1.58.  SUBSIDIARY means, in relation to any company, any other company or entity
directly or indirectly  under the control of the first  mentioned  company.  For
this purpose  "control"  means ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting share capital or equivalent right of ownership of such company or entity,
or sole power to direct its  policies  and  management  whether by  contract  or
otherwise.

1.59.  TECHNICAL  SERVICES  AGREEMENT means the Technical  Services Agreement in
respect of the Hotel referred to in Recital (3) dated 26 June, 1995 made between
Owner and Operator.

1.60.  TECHNICAL  SERVICES  COST has the  meaning  set  forth  in the  Technical
Services Agreement.

1.61. TERM means the period between the Effective Date and the expiration of the
Operating Term of earlier termination of this Contract.

1.62. TOTAL REVENUE has the meaning set forth in Appendix B.

1.63. TURNOVER TAXES has the meaning set forth in Appendix B.

1.64.  UNIFORM  SYSTEM means "A Uniform  System of Accounts for Hotels"  (Eighth
Revised Edition, 1986 as amended, supplemented and revised from time to time) as
adopted  by the  American  Hotel & Motel  Association  of the  United  States of
America and Canada.

1.65. US CURRENCY or US$ means the currency of the United States of America.

1.66. US$ AGENCY ACCOUNT means an account in the name of the Hotel with the Bank
to be used for the purposes described in Section 10.03.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            ENGAGEMENT AND THE HOTEL

2.01.    ENGAGEMENT

Owner  hereby  engages  Operator  as its  sole and  exclusive  agent  with  full
authority to operate, direct, manage and supervise the Hotel during the Term for
and on behalf of Owner,  in the name of  Sheraton  Shenyang  Hotel,  and for the
account of Owner, and Operator hereby accepts the engagement.

2.02.    NAME OF HOTEL

During  the  Term,  the Hotel  shall be known as  "Sheraton  Shenyang  Hotel" in
English and  "___________________" in Chinese. If the Company decides to include
a "Towers" section on the top floors of the Hotel,  then the Hotel will be known
as the "Sheraton Shenyang Hotel and Towers".

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

2.03.    DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF HOTEL

(i) Owner  shall,  strictly  in  accordance  with the  Approved  Final Plans and
Sheraton  Standards and in conformity with all applicable  rules and regulations
now or  hereafter in force  (governmental,  municipal  or  otherwise),  laws and
ordinances of the Country, at its own expense and with all reasonable  diligence
design,  construct,  furnish  and equip on the Site an  international  five star
hotel containing approximately 563 rooms and 105 apartments,  4000 square meters
of function  space,  seven  restaurants,  two lounges,  24-hour room service and
coffee shop,  business  center,  tennis  courts,  swimming  pool and  recreation
facilities.  Owner shall  deliver to Operator for  management  and operation the
Hotel fully constructed,  furnished and equipped in accordance with the Approved
Final Plans and Sheraton Standards.

(ii)  For  the  foregoing  purposes,  Owner  shall  engage  at its  own  expense
Contractors  all of whom  shall be subject  to the prior  approval  of Owner and
Operator.  Owner shall cause such  Contractors to prepare and submit to Operator
in English  full and  complete  plans and  specification  and decor and  concept
themes  pertaining  to  the  Hotel  complying  with  Sheraton   Standards.   All
conceptual, preliminary and final plans and specifications shall respectively be
approved by both Owner and Operator prior to the  commencement of various phases
of design or construction,  as the case may be, of the Hotel. The design, decor,
planning, decorating and other matters affecting the operating efficiency of the
Hotel and the selection of all FF&E.  Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies
shall  also be  subject  to the  prior  approval  of Owner and  Operator  and in
particular Owner shall:

         (a) submit to Operator for approval conceptual plans and specifications
         showing general layout and design by 1st October 1995;

         (b)   submit  to   Operator   for   approval   preliminary   plans  and
         specifications by 1st November 1995;

         (c) submit to Operator for approval final plans and  specifications  by
         1st December 1995;

         (d) complete the Building & Appurtenances  and the  installation of the
         FF&E and Operating Equipment by 1st October 1996;

         (e)  submit to  Operator  for  prior  approval  plans,  specifications,
         rendering  and working  drawings  relating to the  interior  design and
         decoration, and other matters affecting the operating efficiency of the
         Hotel and the  selection  of all FF&E and all  Operating  Equipment  at
         various stages as requested by Operator by 1st November 1995;

         (f)  have   developed,   prior  to   commencement  of  construction  if
         construction  has not commenced prior to the Effective Date, and in any
         event within a reasonable time, not exceeding three (3) months from the
         Effective Date, a financing plan approved by Operator; and

         (g) provide  Operator,  prior to or  immediately  following the Partial
         Opening Date,  with a full inventory of all FF&E and with a full-costed
         inventory of all  Operating  Equipment  supplied by Owner in accordance
         with this Article.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

The dates referred to in  subparagraphs  (a) to (i) inclusive may, in each case,
be changed as Owner and Operator may agree.

(iii) It is my duty of Owner to  ensure  that all  matters  to be  submitted  to
Operator  for  approval  by  Owner  or its  Contractors  have  been  competently
prepared.

(iv) In reviewing  and/or approving  conceptual,  preliminary or final plans and
specifications  Operator  shall not be  responsible  to Owner or any third party
with respect to the adequacy or quality of the plans and  specifications  or any
other matter prepared by Owner or its Contractors, or the adequacy or quality of
the  construction,  or the  ultimate  cost of the Hotel;  nor shall  Operator be
responsible for advising Owner or its Contractors  regarding the requirements of
any law, ordinance,  regulation or order  governmental,  municipal or otherwise)
applicable  to the  Hotel  or  for  reviewing  any  matter  submitted  to it for
compliance with such requirements. Operator's approval hereunder with respect to
the above are for the sole  purpose  of  indicating  whether or not the Hotel is
constructed,  furnished and equipped in compliance with the Approval Final Plans
and other matters  approved by Operator and whether or not it will be acceptable
to Operator from a functional and aesthetic point of view.

(v) Approved Final Plans shall not be changed in any material manner without the
prior written  approval of Owner and Operator;  provided,  however,  that either
Owner or Operator may recommend,  subject to the other's approval,  such further
changes in the Approved  Final Plans as are  necessary to meet problems that may
arise during the period of constructing,  furnishing and equipping of the Hotel.
Either  Owner or  Operator  shall  have the right to  periodically  inspect  the
construction  to  determine  if such  construction  is in  conformity  with  the
Approved Final Plans and Sheraton Standards. Moreover, after the Partial Opening
Date,  no material  additions or  alterations  to the  Building &  Appurtenances
during the Term shall be made  without the prior  written  approval of Owner and
Operator.

2.04.    OWNERSHIP, FINANCING AND LICENSES

(i)      Owner hereby covenants and warrants as follows:

         (a) during the Term Owner shall  maintain full and  exclusive  right of
         use and  occupancy  of the Site (if Owner's  right and  interest in the
         Site is derived through a lease or land use agreement then Owner agrees
         to procure that such lease or land use agreement  remains in full force
         and  effect  during  the Term) and full  ownership  of the  Building  &
         Appurtenances, FF&E, Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies subject
         only to the  provisions  of Article XVII and such  charges,  mortgages,
         liens or other encumbrances as Operator may agree to in writing;

         (b) it has  obtained  commitments  for all  loans  or  other  financing
         required  for  the   construction  and  fitting-out  of  the  Hotel  in
         accordance with the provisions of this Contract,  and shall provide all
         monies  necessary  for  Operator  to  operate  and  manage the Hotel in
         accordance with the provisions of this Contract; and

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

         (c) it  shall  obtain  all  Licenses  unless  any of the  Licenses  are
         required to be in the name of Operator, whereupon Owner shall cooperate
         with Operator in obtaining such of the Licenses as are so required.

(ii) Owner  undertakes  to maintain  such right of use,  ownership  and Licenses
throughout the Term and further agrees that  throughout the Term it will perform
all payments, terms and conditions required under any land use agreement, lease,
loan  or  other  financing   agreement  in  respect  of  the  Site,  Building  &
Appurtenances,  FF&E Operating Equipment or Operating  Supplies,  except as such
payments,  terms or conditions may be waived or excused by the parties  thereto.
Should Owner default in the performance of any of the foregoing obligations, any
member of the Sheraton Group or Operator may fulfill said obligations on Owner's
behalf and shall be reimbursed  forthwith by Owner with interest or Operator may
withdraw such amounts from the Agency  Accounts or the Reserve  Account in whole
or in part at any time.

                                  ARTICLE III

                           OPERATING TERM OF CONTRACT

3.01. The initial  Operating Term of this Contract shall be a period  commencing
on the Full Opening  Date and  terminating  at midnight on December  31st of the
tenth (10) Full Fiscal Year following the Full Opening Date.

3.02. Subject to agreement by Owner, Operator shall have the right to extend the
Operating Term beyond the initial  Operating Term for successive  period of five
(5) years each, provided that:

         (a) Operator shall have given notice to Owner of its election to extend
         the  Operating  Term on or before  the first day of January of the last
         Full  Fiscal  Year of the  initial  Operating  Term,  or any  extension
         thereof then in force;

         (b) Owner at such  time is not  entitled  to  terminate  this  Contract
         pursuant to Article XXIII by reason of Operator's default; and

         (c) the  Operating  Term shall have been extended for all prior periods
         (if any).

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   PRE-OPENING

4.01.    PRE-OPENING SERVICES

Operator,  as agent and for the account of Owner, shall have the exclusive right
to engage in Pre-Opening Services, which shall include, but shall not be limited
to, the following:

(i)      recruiting, training, directing and employing all Hotel personnel;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

(ii)  conducting  sales and marketing  activities and engaging in all other like
programs designed to attract guests to the Hotel including,  but not limited to,
presale of or contracting for the rental of rooms and use of other facilities of
the  Hotel,  advertising  promotion  and  publicity  of the  Hotel,  and  public
relations activities;

(iii) negotiating on behalf of Owner leases,  licenses and concession agreements
for store, office space and lobby space at the Hotel;

(iv) taking all  necessary  steps to assist Owner to apply for and obtaining all
Licenses  (in  Owner's  or  Operator's  name or both as may be  required  by the
issuing  authority),   as  well  as  visas,   residence  and  work  permits  for
Expatriates;

(v) purchasing all initial  Operating  Supplies,  and food and beverages,  to be
paid for out of the working capital furnished by Owner pursuant to Article X;

(vi)     implementing ITTSC's operating policies and procedures;

(vii) enrolling the Hotel in the Sheraton Reservations System in accordance with
the Reservation Services Contract;

(viii)   setting up administrative offices;

(ix) doing  such other  things as are  necessary  for the proper  opening of the
Hotel.

4.02.    PRE-OPENING BUDGET

For purposes of implementing the Pre-Opening Services,  Operator shall prepare a
Pre-Opening  Budget. The aggregate amount of the Pre-Opening Budget shall be the
minimum sum of  US$5,000,000  or its  equivalent in local  currency which may be
revised higher by Operator from time to time following  consultation  with Owner
to reflect the then current cost  projections,  delay in partial  opening beyond
the Estimated  Partial  Opening Date and unforeseen  circumstances.  Pre-Opening
Expenses shall include, but shall not be limited to:

(i) all expenses  incurred by any member of the  Sheraton  Group and Operator in
performing  Pre-Opening Services such as travel expenses (including the costs of
moving the Hotel personnel,  their families and their  belongings),  expenses of
business  entertainment,  salaries  (including taxes withheld and cost of fringe
benefits)  of  specialists  as well as  non-specialist  executives  for the time
actually spent in the performance of Pre-Opening  Services (including  traveling
time of Hotel personnel);

(ii) all expenses  incurred in  connection  with  setting up the  administrative
offices,

(iii) the cost of pre-opening marketing, advertising, promotion and publicity;

(iv) the cost of recruiting and training the Hotel personnel including executive
personnel in preparation for partial opening of the Hotel, including the cost of
retaining outside training consultants or specialists, if necessary;

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

(v) the cost of obtaining all Licenses and necessary  visas,  residence and work
permits,  including the fees of lawyers an other consultants incidental thereto;
and

(vi)  the  Reservation   Cost  in  connection  with  the  use  of  the  Sheraton
Reservations System prior to the Partial Opening Date of the Hotel.

4.03.    PRE-OPENING AGENCY ACCOUNT

(i) Within 45 days after the  Effective  Date,  Owner shall open,  and  Operator
shall  assist in  opening,  the  Pre-Opening  Agency  Account;  only  Operator's
designees  shall be authorised to operate and draw from the  Pre-Opening  Agency
Account.  Owner  shall  deposit in the  Pre-Opening  Agency  Account  the sum of
US$5,000,000 or its equivalent in local currency in the following manner:

         (a) ten percent  (10%) thereof  within 30 days  following the Effective
         Date; and

         (b)  thereafter,  deposit  at the end of each  three (3) month  period,
         beginning  three (3 months from the date of the deposit in subparagraph
         (i)(a),  a sum  sufficient  to cover all of the  estimated  Pre-Opening
         Expenses  for the  subsequent  six (6)  months in  accordance  with the
         monthly cashflow projection provided by Operator.

(ii) In the event  Operator  anticipates a delay such that the Hotel will not be
open for partial  operations  in  accordance  with Section 4.05 on or before the
Estimated  Partial  Opening  Date  or in the  event  of the  then  current  cost
projections or unforeseen  circumstances requiring a revision of the Pre-Opening
Budget,  Operator  shall  consult  with Owner and Owner shall  promptly,  at the
request of Operator, deposit into the Pre-Opening Agency Account such additional
amounts as Operator  shall  reasonably  estimate  to  represent  the  additional
Pre-Opening  Expenses occasioned by the anticipated delay, the then current cost
projections or unforeseen circumstances, as the case may be.

(iii) If Operator at any time expends  monies in excess of the amount  deposited
in the Pre-Opening Agency Account either:

         (a) with the consent of Owner; or

         (b) by reason of  Owner's  not  depositing  additional  funds  into the
         Pre-Opening Agency Account as provided in paragraph (ii)

Owner shall  reimburse  such excess amount to Operator  forthwith upon demand in
U.S. currency or its equivalent in local currency.

(iv) Within one  hundred and twenty  (120) days  following  the Partial  Opening
Date,  Operator shall account to Owner for all payment of  Pre-Opening  Expenses
the remaining sum shall be transferred to the Agency Account to the extent there
is insufficient working capital therein and any amount in excess of the required
working  capital  amount is specified  in Article X shall be  forthwith  paid to
Owner.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

4.04.    HANDOVER AND FINAL INSPECTIONS

Following the Handover Inspection and the Final Inspection Operator shall advise
Owner on the basis of Approved  Final Plans and Sheraton  Standards  whether the
Hotel is acceptable to Operator for partial or full operations,  as the case may
be. Owner shall promptly cure all defects,  deficiencies or  non-conformities by
reference thereto revealed by the Handover  Inspection and the Final Inspection,
as the case may be.

4.05.    OPENING OF THE HOTEL

(i)      Partial Opening

         Operator shall open the Hotel for partial operations promptly after all
the following  conditions  have been  satisfied and shall  forthwith  thereafter
confirm to Owner in writing the Partial Opening Date.

         (a) the  defects,  deficiencies  and  non-conformities  revealed by the
         Handover Inspection have been cured as provided in Section 4.04;

         (b) at least 277 of the Hotel's guest rooms, public areas,  facilities,
         restaurants,   ballroom  and  all   requisite   life  safety  and  fire
         requirements  for  the  Hotel  are  fully  constructed,  furnished  and
         equipped in  accordance  with the  Approved  Final  Plans and  Sheraton
         Standards  and such portion of the Hotel to be partially  opened is, in
         Operator's opinion,  otherwise suitable for guest use and occupancy and
         all  necessary  Operating  Supplies;  foods  and  beverages  have  been
         obtained;

(c)      All Licenses  and visas,  residence  and work  permits for  Expatriates
         required for the partial opening of the Hotel have been obtained;

(d)      all insurance coverages described in Appendix E have been obtained; and

(e) adequate  working  capital has been  furnished by Owner in  accordance  with
Article X.

Notwithstanding  the occurrence of the Partial Opening Date, Owner shall proceed
diligently  thereafter to fulfill all of its obligations hereunder regarding the
construction,  furnishing  and  equipping of the Hotel and, upon the notice from
Operator, to cure all defects, deficiencies or non-conformities.

(ii)     Partial Operations

         Operator shall conduct  partial  operations of the Hotel for the period
commencing on the Partial Opening Date and ending on the Full Opening Date.

(iii)    Full Opening

         Operator  shall open the Hotel for full  operations  promptly after all
the following  conditions  have been  satisfied and shall  forthwith  thereafter
confirm for Owner in writing the Full Opening Date:

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

         (a) the  defects,  deficiencies  and  non-conformities  revealed by the
         Final Inspection have been cured as provided in Section 4.04;

         (b) the Hotel has been fully  constructed,  furnished  and  equipped in
         conformity  with  the  Approved  Final  Plans  and  Sheraton  Standards
         including,  without limitation,  all life safety and fire requirements,
         and is, in  Operator's  opinion,  otherwise  suitable for guest use and
         occupancy and all  necessary  Operating  Supplies,  foods and beverages
         have been obtained;

         (c) all Licenses,  visas,  residence  and work permits for  Expatriates
         required for the full operation of the Hotel have been obtained; and

         (d) the entire Hotel is ready to render international five-star quality
         service to guests on a fully operational basis.

         Notwithstanding  the  occurrence of the Full Opening Date,  Owner shall
proceed  diligently  thereafter  to  fulfill  all of its  obligations  hereunder
regarding  the  construction,  furnishing  and  equipping of the Hotel and, upon
notice from Operator, to cure all defects, deficiencies or non-conformities.

                                   ARTICLE V

                             OPERATION OF THE HOTEL

5.01.    OPERATING RESPONSIBILITY

Owner,  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Contract  during the Term hereby
delegates  to  Operator  the  exclusive  authority  and  responsibility  for the
management  and  operation of the Hotel and Operator  undertakes  to operate and
manage the Hotel in  accordance  with the terms hereof and in the same manner as
is customary and usual in the operation of other similarly managed hotels in the
same general  geographical area and appealing to the same market in the Sheraton
hotel  system in the Sheraton  Asia-Pacific  Division  subject to the  operation
always being of an international  five-star  service  standard.  Owner agrees to
provide the necessary funds to maintain the Hotel as an international  five-star
Hotel. Operator shall have full powers to operate and manage the Hotel and shall
make its best efforts to achieve good results.

5.02.    OPERATING PLAN

Not later than sixty (60) days prior to the  commencement  of each Fiscal  Year,
Operator  shall provide to Owner,  for  discussion  and  information,  an annual
operating  plan for the operation of the Hotel for the  forthcoming  Fiscal Year
containing a detailed  financial  budget,  a market promotion plan and a capital
expenditure  plan,  and Owner  shall  give its  opinion in the form of a written
reply within thirty (30) days of receipt of such statement.

5.03.    OPERATION OF THE HOTEL

(i) Operator  shall have  exclusive  control and discretion in the operation and
management of the Hotel, including, but not limited to:

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

         (a) the  establishment and  implementation of Hotel personnel  policies
         (including the hiring and discharge of all the Hotel  personnel),  work
         rules and regulations, wage rates and benefits, and employee management
         and training systems;

         (b) the  institution  and  maintenance  of continuous  programs for the
         recruitment and of training of the Hotel personnel  including executive
         staff;

         (c) the selection and  procurement  of Operating  Equipment,  Operating
         Supplies and all other items  required for the  operation of the Hotel,
         including the selection of suppliers;

         (d) the  establishment  of food and beverage  policies  (including  the
         pricing  and  selection  of food and  beverages),  and the  conduct  of
         catering operations outside the Hotel;

         (e) the establishment and  implementation of policies  regarding sales,
         promotion, marketing, advertising and publicity;

         (f) the enrollment of the Hotel in any Centralized Services as Operator
         considers appropriate;

         (g) the setting of terms and  conditions  of  admittance to guest rooms
         and the  Hotel  facilities,  charges  for  rooms  and the  other  Hotel
         facilities, and the establishment of guest entertainment policies;

         (h) the  setting  of  credit  policies  (including  the  entering  into
         agreements with credit and organizations);

         (i) the maintenance of the Hotel;

         (j) accounting and budgeting, and

         (k) the  institution  of such  legal  proceedings,  as  Operator  shall
         consider appropriate in connection with the management and operation of
         the Hotel.

(ii) For the purpose of managing  and  operating  the Hotel,  Operator may enter
into:

         (a) such  contracts,  agreements  and other  undertakings  as agent for
         Owner as it shall  consider  appropriate,  and Owner,  upon  request of
         Operator, shall cooperate in finalizing all necessary documents; and

         (b) a  management  support  services  agreement  with any member of the
         Sheraton  Group  providing for the payment of a fee by Operator to such
         member  for  its  expertise  and  assistance  in  connection  with  the
         management and operation of the Hotel provided that such fees shall; be
         paid by  Operator  from fees  payable to it  hereunder  and shall not e
         Operating Expenses.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

(iii)  Operator may provide food and lodging and use of the Hotel  facilities to
the Hotel  personnel in accordance  with the personnel  policies  established by
Operator.  The Hotel's  executive  personnel  and their  families  and  visiting
Sheraton  Group's  executives  and  experts,  when on hotel  business,  shall be
provided with food,  beverage and suitable  living quarters within the Hotel, as
well as the  use of all  the  Hotel  facilities;  all  such  expenses  shall  be
Operating Expenses.

5.04.    HOTEL PERSONNEL

(i) Operator shall have exclusive authority in hiring,  directing,  supervising,
instructing  and  discharging of all Hotel  personnel,  and in  determining  the
compensation,  benefits and terms of their  employment.  Operator shall nominate
one candidate for each of the following  positions:  General  Manager,  Resident
Manager and Financial  Controller.  Owner shall have the right to interview each
candidate  and  shall  have the  right to  request  that  Operator  nominate  an
additional  candidate  for any such  position.  In the event  that more than one
candidate is  interviewed  for a position,  Owner shall  advise  Operator of its
recommendation.  Operator shall seriously  consider Owner's  recommendations  in
making the final  decisions.  Owner shall nominate one candidate for each of the
two Deputy General  Manager  positions and the one Deputy  financial  Controller
position.  Operator  shall have the right to interview the  candidates and shall
the right to request that Owner nominate an  alternative  candidate for any such
position.  In the event  that more than one  candidate  is  interviewed  for any
position,  Operator  shall  advise  Owner  of its  recommendation.  Owner  shall
seriously  consider  the   recommendations  of  Operator  in  making  the  final
decisions.

The two Deputy General Managers and the Deputy Financial Controller shall report
to and take  direction  from  Operator,  and be  subject to  Sheraton  operating
policy,  procedures and code of corporate  conduct.  Their salaries and benefits
shall  be in  conformity  with the  policies  of ITTSC  established  for  deputy
employees of the Asia Pacific division.

Operator agrees to establish an office for Owner's  representatives on the Hotel
premises.

(ii)  Salaries  and  benefits of  Expatriates  shall be in  conformity  with the
policies of ITTSC established for expatriate  employees of managed hotels in the
Sheraton hotel system in the Sheraton Asia Pacific  Division.  Operator,  in its
discretion,  may enroll the Hotel personnel in pension, medical and health, life
insurance and similar  employee benefit plans. The said plans may be joint plans
for the benefit of employees  at more than one hotel or motor inn owned,  leased
or managed by the  Sheraton  Group,  Operator  or any of their  subsidiaries  or
affiliates.  Employer contributions to such plans and reasonable  administrative
fees,  which  Operator  may expend in  connection  therewith  will be  Operating
Expenses hereunder, including payments required to be made to the Sheraton Group
or to any  subsidiary or affiliate of the Sheraton  Group under the terms of any
such  plan  in  exchange  for  such  Company's  obligation  to  provide  benefit
thereunder.  Salaries,  benefits and labor  policies  for local Hotel  personnel
shall be handled in accordance with local labor law, provisions and practices.

(iii) Owner, with Operator's full and prompt co-operation and assistance,  shall
undertake to obtain for  Expatriates  all  necessary  visas,  residence and work
permits and other personnel registration documents. It shall be Owner's ultimate
responsibility  and obligation to obtain all

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

necessary  consents,  approvals and  authorizations for the issuance of all such
visas, residence and work permits and other personnel registration documents.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               AGENCY RELATIONSHIP

6.01.  (i) In the  performance  of its duties as the manager and operator of the
Hotel,  Operator  shall act solely as an agent of Owner.  Nothing  herein  shall
constitute a partnership or a joint venture  between Owner and Operator.  Except
as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all  obligations  to third  party  incurred by
Operator in the course of its managing  and  operating of the Hotel shall be the
obligation  of Owner,  and  Operator  may so inform all third party with whom it
deals.

(ii) Each Hotel  employee shall be the employee of Owner except that the general
manager and other executive personnel,  who may for administration purposes also
be affiliated with ITTSC or another member of the Sheraton Group or any agent or
employee of Owner hired by Operator shall act as the agent or employee of Owner.

ARTICLE VII

                                      FEES

7.01.    BASIC FEE

(i)      Calculation

Commencing  form the Partial  Opening Date,  during each Fiscal Year of the Term
(and  proportionately for a fraction of a Fiscal year), Owner shall,  subject as
provided in paragraph  (ii) pay to Operator on a monthly basis the Basic Fee for
services rendered under this Contact in relation to the management and operation
of the Hotel as follows:

               First Fiscal Year                       1.5% of Total Revenue
               Second Fiscal Year                      1.5% of Total Revenue
               Third Fiscal Year                       1.7% of Total Revenue
               From the Fourth through the Ten Full    2% of Total Revenue
               Fiscal Year

(ii)     Basic Fee and Licensed Fee

Basic Fee and Licensed Fee are related to each other i the following manner.

         (a) if any  Fiscal  Month  during  the Term,  te amount  calculated  as
         Licensed  Fee  pursuant  to the License  Contract  is greater  than the
         amount calculated as Basic Fee in accordance with Section 7.01(1),  and
         (1) an amount  equal to the Basic Fee shall be paid to  Licensor as the
         amount of License Fee due and payable; (2) the excess of the amount


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

         calculated as License Fee over and above the amount calculated as Basic
         Fee  shall  be  waived  by  Licensor;  (3) no Basic Fe shall be paid to
         Operator  for such  Fiscal  Month;  (3) no Basic  Fee  shall be paid to
         Operator for such Fiscal Month;  and (4) Operator  shall,  on behalf of
         Owner,  procure from  Licensor a waiver such excess  amount of Licensed
         Fee, and

         (b) if in any Fiscal Month during the Term,  the amount  calculated  as
         License Fee  pursuant  to the License  Contract is less than the amount
         calculated as Basic Fee in accordance  with Section  7.01(i),  then (1)
         Licensor  shall be paid in full  License Fee; and (2) the excess of the
         amount  calculated as Basic Fee over and above the amount calculated as
         License  Fee shall be paid to  Operator  as its total Basic Fe for such
         Fiscal Month; and

         (c) in no event shall the aggregate total of the amount paid as License
         Fee to Licensor and the amount paid as Basic Fee to Operator exceed the
         amount  calculated in  accordance  with Section (i) to be the Basic Fee
         payable to Operator.

(iii)    Partial Operations

During the period of partial  operations of the Hotel  commencing on the Partial
Opening  Date and ending on the Full  Opening  Date,  Owner  shall pay a License
Fee/Basic Fee to Licensor/Operator calculated in the above described manner, and
in an Incentive Fee as hereinafter set forth. `

7.02.    INCENTIVE FEE

(i)  Commencing  form the Partial  Opening Date,  during each Fiscal year of the
Term (and  proportionately  for a fraction of a Fiscal Year), Owner shall pay to
Operator on a monthly basis an Incentive Fe of 5% of Gross Operating Profit.

(ii) For the  purposes  of the  Incentive  Fee  calculation,  the  amount of the
payment on account of the  Inventive  Fee for any given  Fiscal  Month  shall be
Incentive Fee percentage of the cumulative Fiscal Year-to-date.  Gross Operating
Profit  less  that  amount of the  payments  on  account  of the  Incentive  Fee
previously paid to Operator during such Fiscal Year

7.03.    PAYMENT METHOD

(i) Commencing form the Partial Opening Date, on or before the fifth day of each
Fiscal Month during the Term,  Licensor/Operator shall be paid out of the Agency
Accounts its License Fee.  Basic Fee and Incentive Fee for the preceding  Fiscal
Month the extent  there may be  insufficient  monies in the Agency  Accounts for
such  payments.  Owner  shall pay to  Operator  forthwith  on demand the amounts
there.

(ii) At the end of each Fiscal Year and Following receipt by Owner of the annual
audit  report  an  adjustment  will  be made  based  on said  audit  report,  if
necessary, so that Licensor Operator shall have received its proper License fee.
Basic Fee and Incentive Fee as  hereinabove  specified for the said Fiscal Year.
Within thirty (30) days of receipt by Owner of such audit report,  Operator will
either.

                                      -17-

<PAGE>


         (a) place in the Agency Accounts or remit to Owner, as appropriate, any
         excess in the  amounts  it has  received  as fees,  in  respect of such
         Fiscal Year; or

         (b) be paid out of the Agency Account or by Owner if working capital is
         insufficient,  as  appropriate,  any  deficiency  in  the  amounts  has
         received as fees,

as the case bay be

(iii) In the event there is an operating  loss which results in a negative Gross
Operating  Profit in any Fiscal Year, it will be borne  exclusively by Owner and
the amount thereof will not be applied against the Gross Operating Profit of any
other  Fiscal Year for the purpose of  determining  the  Incentive  Fee for such
other Fiscal Year.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          RESERVATION SERVICE CONTRACT

8.01.  Operator  shall  cause  Recorp to provide to the Hotel and its guests the
full  benefit  of  the  Sheraton  Reservation  System  in  accordance  with  the
Reservation  Service  Contract to the extent  available at other similar managed
hotels in the same general geographical area and appealing to the same market in
the Sheraton  Asia-Pacific  Division.  In order to facilitate the opening of the
Hotel,  Operator shall enroll the Hotel in the Sheraton  Reservations  System no
later than six (6) month prior to the Estimated Partial Opening Date.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                      WORKING CAPITAL AND AGENCY ACCOUNTANT

9.01.  All monies  received  in the  operation  of the Hotel  including  working
capital  furnished by Owner,  shall be deposited into the Agency  Account.  Only
Operator or  Operator's  designees  shall be authorized to operate and draw from
the  Agency  Account.  Such  monies  shall  not be  co-mingled  with  Owners  or
Operator's  other  monies.  Ou of the Agency  Account will be paid all Operating
Expenses.  Basic Fee. Incentive Fee. License Fee. Reservation Cost in the extent
incurred after the Partial Operating Date).  Centralized  Services Cost, and all
other  amounts due and payable to Operator or to members of the  Sheraton  Group
under this Contract.

9.02. Owner shall deposit into Agency Account initial working capital in the sum
US$ 1,000,000 or its equivalent in local currency as follows:

(i) thirty per cent (30%)  thereof - no later than one hundred and twenty  (120)
days prior to the Estimated Partial Opening Date.

(ii)  thirty per cent (30%)  thereof - no later than one hundred and ninety (90)
days prior to the Estimated Partial Opening Date; and

(iii) thirty per cent (30%) thereof - no later than sixty (60) days prior to the
Estimated Partial Opening Date.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

Thereafter,  upon request by Operator,  Owner shall promptly furnish to Operator
monies  sufficient  in amount  to  constitute  normal  working  capital  for the
uninterrupted and efficient operator of the Hotel.

9.03.  Because  certain goods and services which are necessary for the operation
of an  international  hotel may be available  only  outside the Country,  an US$
Agency  Account  may be opened  and  maintained;  only  Operator  or  Operator's
designees shall be authorized, to operate and draw from such US$ Agency Account.
Operator shall, as necessary and  appropriate,  cause to be transferred from the
Agency  Account  to such US$  Agency  Account in US  currency  or other  foreign
currency an amount adequate to meet the Hotel's foreign obligations of the Hotel
operations such as travel agents' commissions,  Expatriates' salaries,  costs of
international  advertising,  Basic Fee, Incentive Fee, License Fee,  Reservation
Cost,  Centralized Services Cost and other payments payable to Operator or other
members of the Sheraton Group.

9.04.  Commencing from the Partial  Operating Date, on or before the last day of
each Fiscal Month during the Term.  Operator  shall,  after payment of Basic Fee
and Incentive Fee,  License Fee,  Reservation Cost and Central Services Cost for
the immediate  preceding  Fiscal Month and any amount due and payable in respect
of Operating  Expenses  and after  retention of working  capital  sufficient  to
ensure  the  uninterrupted  and  efficient   operation  of  the  Hotel  for  the
unforseeable   future  or  retention  of  sufficient   monies  to  meet  foreign
obligations.  ??  of  the  US$  Agency  Amount  or  replacement  of my  emerging
withdrawals  from the Reserve  Account is provided  for below ??? any  emergency
withdrawals form the Reserve Account as provided for below ??? ??? all remaining
monies in the Agency  Account.  Moreover upon the  expiration or  termination of
this  Contract  and after the  payment  to  Operator  and other  members  of the
Sheraton Group of all amounts due hereunder upon such  expiration or termination
all remaining  amounts in the Agency Accounts shall be transferred  forthwith to
Owner.

9.05. The Pre-Opening Agency Account.  Agency Accounts and Reserve Account shall
be maintained solely by Operator as agent for Owner.

9.06.  To the extent  monies  necessary  for the Hotel are not  generated by its
operation.  Owner shall cause them to be  supplied to  Operator.  Operator in an
emergency may use the monies in the Reserve Account to defray Operating Expenses
of the Hotel and Owner  shall upon  request by  Operator  ???  such monies to be
replaced.

                                   ARTICLE X

                 RESERVE FOR REPLACEMENT OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF OR
                 ADDITIONS TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT

10.01. (i) Commencing from the Partial Opening Date,  during each Fiscal Year of
the Term,  there  shall be deducted  in monthly  installments  3.5% of the Total
Revenue for the preceding Fiscal Year.

(ii) Such amounts shall constitute the Replacement Reserve and shall be recorded
on the gooks of account  maintain for the Hotel as "Reserve for  Replacement  or
Substitutions of or Additions to Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment" and shall on
the last day of each Fiscal Month

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

in respect of such Fiscal Month be transferred  from the Agency Account and held
in  the  Reserve  Account;  only  Operator  or  operator's  designees  shall  be
authorized to operate and draw from the Reserve Account.

10.02.  Except as  otherwise  specified in the  Contract,  monies in the Reserve
Accounts shall be used solely for the payment of replacements  or  substitutions
of or additions to FF&E which may be made by Operator without Owner's consent up
to the balance it any time of the monies in the Reserve  Account  including  all
unused accumulations thereof from earlier Fiscal Years and interest ???. Reserve
Account and all monies  remaining in the Reserve  Account subject as provided in
Clause 11.03 until fully used  Operator  shall require  Owner's  consent for any
expenditure  in the  purposes  specified  in the  Article  in excess  ??? of the
balance of the amount in the Reserve Account at the relevant time.

10.03.  Upon  termination  or expiration of ???  Contact.  Operator right to any
uncommitted  monies in the Reserve ??? shall cease and subject to  provisions in
Article XXIII, the same shall be??? to Owner.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE AND CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

11.01.  Operator  on  behalf  of  Owner  shall  from  time  to  time  make  such
expenditures for repairs and maintenance as it deems necessary to keep the Hotel
in first class operating condition excluding  structural repairs and changes and
extraordinary  repairs to or replacement of equipment included in the definition
of Building &  Appearances.  If any such  repairs or  maintenance  shall be made
necessary by my  condition  against the  occurrence  of which Owner has received
labor or material for the  construction  of the Hotel,  then Operator may invoke
and  guarantees  or  warranties  in  Owner's or  Operator's  name and Owner will
cooperate fully with Operator in the enforcement thereof. Such costs, subject to
an such  involving of the said  guarantees and  warranties,  shall be charged as
current year's Operating Expenses.

11.02.  Operator may also make expenditures on behalf of Owner for minor capital
improvements  (up to  US$100,000) to the Hotel in order to maintain the Hotel as
an international  five star hotel;  such costs shall be change as current year's
Operating  Expenses or  amortized  over period of years,  as  determined  by the
Independent Auditor.

11.03.  Owner  may  from  time to time at its sole  expense  make  such  further
alteration,  additions,  or improvements in or to the Hotel as Owner or Operator
shall recommend and Owner and Operator agree to, all of which shall be made with
as little hindrance to the operation of the Hotel as possible.

11.04. If structural repairs or changes in the Hotel or extraordinary repairs to
or ??? of any  equipment  included in the  definition  of Building & Appearances
shall  become  necessary at any time during the Term to maintain the Hotel is an
international  five star in a five  star  operating  condition  or ???  ???  the
application  of  rules  or  regulations,  ordinances  or  laws  now or  ???  ???
governmental,  municipal or otherwise  ??? or ??? all such  repairs,  changes or
replacements  shall be made by Owner at ???  expense  and  shall be made with as
little  hindrance to the  operation of

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

the Hotel as possible.  Owner may contest the need for  repairs,  changes or ???
???  therewith,  it entitled to do so, but in each such event ??? shall  protect
Operator from any loss,  cost,  ??? ??? which ???  therefrom,  in such manner is
Operator shall?? ???

11.05. The provisions of this Article are without prejudice to any of Operator's
??? remedies  arising out of any breach by Owner or its obligation  under ??? to
construct,  furnish  and equip an  international  five star  hotel  meeting  the
Standard.

                                  ARTICLE XII

                          BOOKS, RECORDS AND STATEMENTS

12.01.  Operator shall, on behalf of Owner,  keep full and adequate books of ???
and other  records  reflecting  the results of  operation of the Hotel on an ???
basis,  in  US  currency  and  in  local  currency,  in  accordance  within  the
requirements  of the laws of the  Country  and in  accordance  with the  Uniform
System with such  exceptions as may be required by the provisions of this???  as
are consistent with ITTSC's  standard  practice in accounting  under  management
contracts  generally so long as  exceptions do not affect the  determination  of
Gross Operating Profit.

12.02. Except for record keeping for Centralized  Services which shall be ??? at
the location where the principal  activities  occur, the books of income and all
other records  relating to the operation of the Hotel shall be kept at the Hotel
and all such books of account at the Hotel shall be kept Owner or  Operator  and
their respective representatives at all reasonable times for examination, audit,
inspection and transportation.  Upon expiration or termination of this Contract,
all such books and records  forthwith  shall be returned over to Owner but shall
be  available  to  Operator  at all  reasonable  times  for  inspection,  audit,
examination and transaction for a period of seven (7) years.

12.03.  Operator shall deliver to Owner,  within ten (10) working days following
the end of each Fiscal Month, a financial statement,  showing the results of the
operation of the Hotel for the  immediately  preceding  Fiscal Month and for the
Fiscal Year to date. Such statements shall:

(i)      be in the customary form prepared by Operator for a managed hotel;

(ii) be taken from the books and record  maintained  by  Operator  in the manner
hereinabove specified; and

(iii) follow the general form set forth in the Uniform System.

Operator  shall be  available  at  reasonable  times to  discuss  with Owner the
results set forth in the  financial  statement  and the  operations of the Hotel
generally.  In addition,  all financial  statements  shall be  accompanied  by a
written report explaining the figures provided.

12.04.  Within  ninety (90) days  following the end of each Fiscal Year Operator
shall  deliver  to Owner a  financial  statement  certified  by the  Independent
Auditor  registered  in the PRC,  showing the result of  operations in the Hotel
during such Fiscal Year, and the Gross  Operating  Profit (Loss) for such Fiscal
Year.  Owner  shall be deemed to have  waived any  objections  to and

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

certified statements not specified to Operator in writing within forty-five (45)
days or receipt thereof. Any dispute is to the contents of any such statement or
any  accounting  matter  hereunder  shall  be  exclusively   determined  by  the
Independent Auditor.

12.05.  Both  Owner and  Operator  shall  have the  right to engage  independent
accountants and auditors to review the operational  records and accounting books
of the Hotel as necessary.  On  termination of the Contract or the expiration of
the management  term, an accounting  firm  registered in the PRC,  acceptable to
Owner and Operator,  shall conduct a notarized audit of the operational  results
of the Hotel.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                          BOOKS, RECORDS AND STATEMENTS

13.01.  Operator shall, on behalf of Owner, keep full and adequate books of ____
and other records reflecting the results of operations of the Hotel on an normal
basis, in US currency and in local currency, in accordance with the requirements
of the laws of the Country and in  accordance  with the Uniform  System ith such
exceptions  as may be required by the  provisions  of this  Contract,  provided,
however,  that  Operator  may  make  such  exceptions  in such  revenues  as are
consistent  with  ITTCS's  standard  practice  in  accounting  under  management
contracts  generally so long as such exceptions do not affect the  determination
of Gross Operating Profit.

13.02.  Except  for record  keeping  for  Centralized  Services  which  shall be
available at the location  where the principal  activities  occur,  the books of
account and all other  records  relating to the  operation of the Hotel shall be
kept at the Hotel and all such books of account at the Hotel shall be  available
to Owner or Operator  and their  respective  representatives  at all  reasonable
times for examination,  audit, inspection and transcription.  Upon expiration or
termination  of this  Contract,  all such books and records  forthwith  shall be
returned  over to Owner but shall be  available  to Operator  at all  reasonable
times for inspection,  audit,  examination and transaction for a period of seven
(7) years.

13.03.  Operator shall delvier to Owner,  within ten (10) working days following
the end of each Fiscal Month, a financial  statement  showing the results of the
operation of the Hotel for the  immediately  preceding  Fiscal Month and for the
Fiscal Year to date. Such statements ahll:

(i)      be in the customary form prepared by Operator for a managed hotel;

(ii) be taken from the books and  records  maintained  by Operator in the manner
hereinabove specified; and

(iii) follow the general form set forth in eh Uniform System.

Operatgor  shall be  available  at  reasonable  times to discuss  with Owner the
results set forth in the  financial  statement  and the  operation  of the Hotel
generally.  In addition,  all financial  statements  shall be  accompanied  by a
_____________ report explaining the figures provided.

13.04.  Within nienty (90) days following the end of each Fiscal Year,  Operator
shall deliver to Owner a financial statement certified by the Indpendnet Auditor
registered  in the PRC,  showing

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

the results of  operations  of the Hotel during such Fiscal year,  and the Gross
Operating  Profit  (Loss) for such  Fiscal  Year.  Owner shall be deemed to hafe
waived any  objections to and certified  statements not specified to Operator in
writing within forthy-five (45) dfays of receipt thereof.  Any dispute as to teh
conent  of any such  statement  and any  accounting  matter  hereunder  shall be
conclusively determined by the Independent Auditor.

13.05.  Both  Owenr and  Operator  shall  have the  right to engage  independent
accountants and auditors to review the operational  records and accounting books
of the Hotel as necessary.  On  termination of the Contract or the expiration of
the management  terms,  an accounting  firm  registered in the PRC acceptable to
Owner and Operator shall conduct a notarised audit of the operational results of
the Hotel.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                         INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE TAXES

14.01. Owner and Operator agree that throughout the Term, the insurance coverage
set forth in Appendix E shall be procured and maintained in the manner specified
therein.

14.02.  Owner shall be  responsible  for payment in a timely  manner of all real
estate  and  personal  property  taxes and all other  taxes on  property  levied
against  the Hotel or any of its parts,  and such taxes  shall not be treated as
Operating  Expenses.  Should  Owner  default  in the  performance  of any of the
foregoing  obligations,  Operator may, but shall not be obliged to, fulfill said
obligations  on Owner's  behalf and if  Operator  shall  fulfill any of the said
obligations,  Operator  shall be reimbursed  forthwith by Owner with interest or
Operator  may  withdraw  such  amounts  from the Agency  Accounts or the Reverse
Account in whole or in part at any time and Owner shall promptly  reimburse such
accounts.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                    DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION - COMPULSORY TAKING

15.01.  Subsequent  to Section  15.02,  if the Hotel or any  portion  thereof is
damaged or destroyed at any time during the Term by fire,  casualty or any other
case,  __________  __________  shall at its own expense and with due  diligence,
repair or replace the Hotel so that the Hotel shall be substantially the same so
that prior to such damages and destruction. If Owner shall fails:

(i)      improvement, whichever is earlier; or

(ii)     __________ complete such work diligently;

Then Operator may, at its option, either

(iii)  terminate  this Contract and all its  obligations  hereunder  without any
culpability on the part of the Operator by written notice to Owner, effective as
of the date of ___________ or

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

(iv)  undertake or complete  such work for the account of Owner to the extent of
such available insurance proceeds in which case Operator shall be entitled to be
reimbursed from such insurance proceeds.

15.02.  If the Hotel is damaged or destroyed by fire or other insurable cause to
such an extent that the cost or repair or  replacement  as estimated by Operator
exceeds one third of the original cost of the Hotel, then:

(i)  Operator  may  provisionally   terminate  this  Contract  and  all  of  its
obligations  hereunder  without any liability on the part of Operator by written
notice to Owner effective as of the date or dispatch; or

(ii)  Owner  may,  if  it  determines  not  to  repair  or  replace  the  hotel,
provisionally terminate Operator's service by notice to Operator effective as of
the date of dispatch and payment with such notice to Operator of a net sum equal
to two (2) times the total of the  immediately  prior year's Basic Fee,  License
Fee and Incentive Fee paid to Licensor/Operator for such period.

If thereafter at any time during the Term,  Owner repairs,  rebuilds or replaces
the Hotel,  it shall give  notice  thereof to Operator no later than thirty (30)
days following the  commencement  of such repair,  rebuilding or replacement and
Operator  may within  sixty (60) days  following  commencement  of such  repair,
rebuilding or  replacement or receipt of such notice,  whichever,  is the later,
reinstate this Contract by written  notice  effective as of the date of dispatch
to Owner and,  where  applicable  repayment of the net sum referred to paragraph
(b).

15.03.  If  the  whole  of the  Hotel  shall  be  taken  in  any  expropriation,
_____________  or similar  proceedings,  or, if such a portion  thereof shall be
taken __________ make unreasonable,  in Operator's opinion, to use the remaining
portion ______ Hotel and type and ________ preceding such taking,  then Operator
may,  on  __________  30 days  prior  written  notice to Owner,  terminate  this
Contract and all of its ____________ hereunder without any liability on the part
of Operator and any _________  (compensation) for such taking shall be equitably
apportioned  between  Owner  and  Operator  after  recoupment  by  Owner  or its
constituent partners of other investments in the Hotel.

15.04. If, on a part of the Hotel, shall be so taken and the taking of such part
does not make it unreasonable,  in Operator's  opinion, to operate the remainder
of the Hotel, as a hotel of the type and class preceding such taking, so much of
any award  compensation  to Owner shall be made available as shall be reasonably
necessary for making  alterations or modifications to the Hotel so as to make it
a satisfactory  architectural unit as a hotel of similar type and class as prior
to the  taking.  The  balance  of the  award  compensation  shall  be  equitably
apportioned between Owner and Operator.

                                  ARTICLE XVI

                                    CURRENCY

16.01.   REMITTANCE

(i)      Fee of Payments

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

Operator,  Licensor,  Rescorp and such other members of the Sheraton Group shall
receive their  respective  Basic Fee,  Incentive Fee,  License Fee,  Reservation
Cost,  Centralized  Services  Cost,  Technical  Cost and payments for Additional
Technical Services in U.S. currency, with the right to remit all such payment to
themselves in U.S. currency in the United States of America after the payment or
deduction of such taxes as are necessary under the tax laws of the Country.

(ii)     Expatriate Compensation

Expatriates, consultants and experts employed for the Hotel by Operator shall be
compensate  in the  currency  of the country of which they are  nationals,  or a
residence or in U.S.  currency,  whichever of such  currencies.  Operator  shall
elect,  and with a right to  repatriate  such  compensation  via the Bank at the
exchange  rate  published  by the Bank's  Head  Office,  on the date  payment is
effected.

(iii)    Hotel Foreign Currency Expenditures

To the extent  necessary  in its  judgment,  Operator may make  expenditures  in
foreign  currency  in  order  to  operate  the  Hotel  in a  manner  which  will
essentially  cater to the  international  tourist and business trade,  including
without  limitation:  expenditures  to  cover  travelling  expenses  and  living
expenses at the Hotel  personnel  as well as  employees  and  executives  of any
member  of the  Sheraton  Group  while  engaged  in travel  in  connection  with
management of the Hotel;  expenditures to convert travelling and moving expenses
of Expatriates and their family members to the extent these expenditures  cannot
be made in local currency;  expenditures to reimburse  members of Sheraton Group
for  communications  sent to the Hotel by mail,  cable,  telephone  or otherwise
foreign  exchange  expenditures  for the importation of food,  _____,  Operating
Supplies,  FH&EE and  Operating  Equipment;  payment to ___  agent;  advertising
agents and other  payments  for the  selling  of the  Hotel's  services  and for
advertising and promoting;  provided, however, that Operator will not be obliged
to make any such  expenditures  unless the Country's  foreign  exchange  control
authorities make the appropriate foreign currency available therefor.

(iv)  Owner  shall   provide   necessary   assurance   from  the  Central   Bank
Administration of Exchange Control of the Country that such foreign currency, to
the  extent  exchange  is earned by the Hotel  during the Term is  available  to
Operator for making the payments  referred to in paragraphs  (i) to (iii) and at
non-discriminatory  rates of exchange, with permission to remit the same to such
places as Operator may designate.

16.02.   Rate of Exchange

(i) All fees, costs and payments payable  hereunder to Operator or any member of
the Sheraton Group shall be payable in US currency.  However, to the extent such
fees,  costs and payment are to be converted from local  currency,  the currency
conversion shall be calculated at the prevailing  exchange rate for the purchase
of US currency  published  by the Bank's  Head Office for  payments in a similar
nature in effect on the date  payment is due or on the date payment is effected,
whichever is earlier.

(ii) Moreover,  for the purposes of determining the amounts of local currency to
be deducted  from Total  Revenue with respect to Operating  Expenses  which have
been paid for in foreign  currency,  such  deduction  shall be calculated at the
exchange rate in effect on the date such

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

foreign currency  payments become due or on the date such payments are effected,
whichever  is earlier.  However,  to the extend (a) the Hotel  receives  foreign
currency,  or (b) local currency is converted into foreign currency,  all future
payments of Operating Expenses with such foreign currency shall be calculated at
the exchange  rate in effect on the date of receipt of  conversion,  as the case
may be.

16.03.   Termination

If at any time  Operator or the event  member of the  Sheraton  Group  should be
unable for any reason for a consecutive period of three (3) months:

(i) to  receive in or convert  US  treasury,  and remit to the Unites  States of
America all of any part of their  respective  Basic Fee,  Incentive Fee, License
Fee,  B_____________ Cost, Centralized Services Costs,  Mechanical Services Cost
or payments for Additional Technical Services; or

(ii) to  compensate  Expatriates  in the  currency  specified  in Section  16.01
paragraph (ii), or if any Expatriate is unable to repatriate such currency, or

(iii)  to   obtain   and  remit   the  ___  and  m___  of   currency   necessary
___________________ the expenditures referred in Section 16.01 paragraph (iii).

Operator may, on thirty (30) days prior written notice to Owner,  terminate this
Covenant and all of its obligations  hereunder without any liability on the part
of the Operator.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                              OWNER'S RIGHT OF SALE

17.01.  During the period  commencing on the  Effective  Date and ending on 31st
December of the fifth  (5th) Full Fiscal Year of the Term.  Owner shall not sell
or otherwise dispose of the Hotel or lease all or substantially all of the Hotel
to any Interest Holder and Owner shall not allow any Interest Holder which has a
controlling  interest in Owner to sell or  otherwise  dispose of their shares or
take any  other  action,  that  would  result  in the loss of their  controlling
interest in Owner  (controlling  interest being defined as ownership of not less
than fifty-one per cent (51%) of all classes of the voting stock of Owner or, if
the  percentage  of  shareholding  of  Owner  required  under  its  articles  of
association  to convene a meeting of  shareholders  and to adopt  resolutions is
higher  controlling  interest shall mean ownership of such higher  percentage of
the  shareholding  of  Owner,  if Owner is a  corporation,  or of the  ownership
interest  in  Owner,  if  Owner  is not a  corporation)  except  by  descent  or
distribution,  in which  event this  restraint  will bind the heirs of Owner and
Owner shall cause it  devisees  to be bound by this  restraint,  nor shall Owner
increase the number of  outstanding  shares of voting  stock or other  ownership
interest in Owner in a manner  that will  result in the loss of the  controlling
interest, as above defined, by any Interest Holder(s).

17.02.  Thereafter,  if Owner or any Interest Holder desires to make such a sale
or disposal or enter into such a lease or take any action  which would result in
the loss of their controlling interest,  Owner shall give or cause such Interest
Holder to give  Operator not less than thirty (30)

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

days' advance notice of its said  intention in writing,  which said notice shall
indemnify in reasonable detail the owners of the proposed purchaser and shall be
accompanied  by the latest  audited and  unaudited  financial  statements of the
proposed  purchaser.  The effective date of such notice to Operator shall be the
last in time to occur of the following:

(i)      the date of the notice itself;

(ii)  the date on which  Operator  receives  from  Owner a  reasonably  detailed
description of the proposed purchase and the _____ of the proposed purchaser; or

(iii) the date on which  Operator  receives  from Owner the latest  audited  and
unaudited financial statement of the proposed:

Operator  shall  have the  ___________________  within  thirty  (30) days of the
effective date of such notice to either;

(iv) terminate this Contract and all of its  obligations  hereunder  without any
liability  on the part of the  Operator  effective  on the closing  date of such
transaction; or

(v) in the case of a proposed  such lease,  or other  destination  of the Hotel,
require the proposed purchaser and proposed new Interest Holder(s) to accept the
assignment of this Contract from Owner and assume the  obligations  of Owner and
of the Interest Holder(s) hereunder.

If Operator elects the later option,  such assignment and assumption  shall be a
condition of the sale or  disposition  to such  proposed  purchaser and Operator
shall have the right to enjoin the said sale or disposition in the event that an
agreement of such assignment and assumption in form  reasonably  satisfactory to
Operator's lawyers and executed by the proposed purchaser and Interest Holder(s)
shall not have been  delivered  to  Operator at least ten (10) days prior to the
said sale or disposition,  or five (5) days after Operator notifies Owner of its
election or on the date of said sale or  disposition  by an  Interest  Holder or
other  action  taken that results in a loss of the  controlling  interest  above
defined and Operator does not terminate this Contract, the above provisions with
respect of the Interest  Holder shall  continue to apply to any  subsequent  and
similar transaction that would result in a change of the controlling interest as
the same shall be constituted form time to time.

                                 ARTICLE XVIII

                                   ASSIGNMENT

18.01.  Operator  shall  have the  right to  assign  any of all its  rights  and
obligations  in and under  this  Contract  to any member of the  Sheraton  Group
provided  that ITTSC or a  subsidiary  of ITTSC  shall at all times own at least
fifty (50%) per cent of all classes of stock of such member.

18.02.  Operator  shall  also have the right to assign any or all its rights and
obligations  in and under this  Contract  to any  successor  or assignee of such
member  which may  result  from any  merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization,
_________________  which requires all or  substantially  all of the business and
assets of ITTSC.


                                      -27-
<PAGE>

18.03. Operator's right to assign shall be subject to the submission to Owner by
Operator of a detailed report of the  designee(s) and the most recent  financial
report of the  assignee  thirty  (30)  days  prior to the  Effective  Assignment
______________ Owner shall not unreasonably withheld ___ such assignment.

18.04.  Any such  assignment  shall be effected by the  execution of a notice to
that  effect  executed by Operator  as  assignor  and by the  assignee  which is
delivered  not less than fifteen (15)  business days in advance of the Effective
Assignment Date to Owner.  The assignment  shall take effect so that as from the
Effective Assignment Date.

(i)      Owner and Operator shall  unconditionally  and  irrevocably be released
         from their  obligations  to, and relieved of their rights  against each
         other under this Contract; and

(ii) the  assignee  shall be  substituted  for Operator for all purposes of this
Contract,  and Owner and the assignee shall assume all same  obligations to, and
acquire  the same rights  against  each  other,  as they would have  assumed and
acquired had the assignee  originally  been a party to this  Contract in lieu of
Operator.

18.05.  Owner shall have no right to assign any of its rights and/or obligations
in and under this Contract except in accordance with Article XVII above.

                                  ARTICLE XIX

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

19.01.  Neither  Operator  nor any  member of the  Sheraton  Group  shall in the
performance of this Contract be liable to Owner or to any other person,  for any
act or  omission,  negligent,  tortious or otherwise of any agent or employee of
Owner or of Operator or any member of the Sheraton Group,  except, to the extent
not covered by insurance, for gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraudulent
misappropriation  of  funds  of  or by  he  general  manager  or  the  financial
controller  of the  Hotel.  If any  employee  of  Operator  or any member of the
Sheraton Group in the  performance  of this Contract  commits an act which is in
violation of the criminal laws of the Country, neither Owner nor Operator or the
Sheraton Group shall be responsible.

19.02.  Other than the exceptions stated above, Owner hereby agrees to indemnify
and save harmless  Operator and any member of the Sheraton Group who may perform
services  hereunder,  from and against any of the said  entities  may sustain or
incur by reason of any claim or  assertion  of  wrongdoing,  error,  commission,
omission or negligence made by any person or entity (other than Owner) involving
or arising out of the  performance  by  Operator  or any member of the  Sheraton
Group or any officer , agent or employee of said  entries of the various  duties
contemplated by this Contract,  whether or not such claim or assertion  involves
an allegation  based on the alleged sole negligence of two or more such entities
or individuals (one or more of which any be Owner or any of its officers, agents
or  employees)  or on any other  theory.  Moreover , Owner will,  at  Operator's
request,  assume the  defense of any  proceeding  brought by any third  party to
establish my ____  liability.  The costs of any such defense shall be considered
and treated as Operating  Expenses but only to the extent not recovered  from or
paid directly by insurance.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

19.03.   The  provisions  of  this  Article  shall  survive  any  expiration  or
termination   of  this  Contract  and  shall  remain   enforceable  by  Operator
notwithstanding such expiration or termination.

                                   ARTICLE XX

                           USE OF THE NAME "SHERATON"

20.01. (i) During the Term Owner shall not commercially sue or refer to the word
"Sheraton" in any manner  whatsoever  other than in  connection  with the Hotel.
Moreover,  no press  leases  or  other  written  matter  prepared  by Owner  for
publication  in which the name  "Sheraton"  is used shall be  published  without
Licensor's  and  Operator's  prior written  approval.  Upon the  termination  or
expiration  of this  Contract,  such portion of the name of the Hotel which does
not contain the word "Sheraton"  shall continue to be the exclusive  property of
Owner. However, thereafter, neither Owner nor any other future owner or operator
of the Hotel shall have the right to use the Sheraton  Marks in connection  with
the operation of the Hotel or otherwise;  except that Owner shall have the right
to use all the then existing FF&E,  Operating  Equipment and Operating  Supplies
even though bearing the Sheraton Marks until fully consumed.

(ii)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   if  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after
termination or expiration of this Contract,  Licensor or Operator  offers to buy
any or all of said FF&E,  Operating Equipment and Operating Supplies bearing any
Sheraton Marks,  Owner shall within three (3) months cease to use such items and
shall sell such items at fair  market  value to Licensor or Operator as the case
may be. In the event of any dispute as to fair  market  value,  the  Independent
Auditor shall determine said value.

(iii) Upon  termination  or expiration of this  Contract,  Operator shall remove
with Owner's  assistance  from the Hotel any signs or other  indications  on the
Building & Appurtenances of any connection with Sheraton hotel system.

20.02.  Notwithstanding the arbitration  provisions  contained in this Contract,
Operator  shall  have the right to seek  immediately  ___________________  other
relief in a court of competent  jurisdiction to enforce the foregoing provisions
and  Owner  shall  bear  all  of  Operator's   costs  in  connection  with  such
proceedings.  Owner shall be deemed to have obtained indemnification against any
such cost in the event a subsequent  owner or operator  acts in violation of the
foregoing.

20.03. Owner acknowledges its obligations under this Article are material to the
performance of this Contract,  and agrees that in addition to any other right or
remedy any member of the Sheraton  Group or Operator may have at law or pursuant
hereto Owner shall  indemnify and hold harmless any member of the Sheraton Group
or Operator of any loss, cost, damage or expense (including  lawyer's fees which
any member of the Sheraton Group or Operator or affiliate or subsidiary  thereof
may suffer as consequence of any ___ of Owner in breach of this Article.

20.04. The provisions of Article shall, where applicable, survive any expiration
or  termination  of this  Contract  and shall  remain  enforceable  by  Operator
notwithstanding such expiration or termination.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XXI

                        FINANCING AND OFFERINGS OF OWNER
                      AND REPRESENTATIONS TO THIRD PARTIES

21.01.  In no event may Owner represent that any member of the Sheraton Group or
Operator or any affiliate or  subsidiary  thereof is or in any way may be liable
for the obligations of Owner, in connection with:

(i)      loans or other financing; or

(ii)     any public or private offering of securities

for or in connection with the Hotel.

21.02.  Nor shall Owner use, in any way,  the name of any member of the Sheraton
Group,  Operator or any affiliate or subsidiary  thereof, in connection with the
foregoing negotiations or offerings, without the prior written approval of ITTSC
or  Operator  as the case may be.  Owner  may  represent  only that the Hotel is
managed by Operator.

21.03.  Nor shall  Owner  use,  in any way,  in  connection  with the  foregoing
offerings, any futures or other data either:

(i)  supplied or made  available  by  Operator to Owner in any budge,  record or
account; or

(ii)     complied by Owner or on Owner's behalf

in  connection  with the  management  and operation of the Hotel and the Hotel's
past, current and/or forecasted  performance and profitability without the prior
written approval of Operator.

21.04.  To this end, and in order to avoid any erroneous  interpretation  on the
part of any financing or investing person or entity: Owner and Operator agree as
follows:

(i) prior to the conclusion of any financing  agreement,  Owner shall furnish to
ITTSC and Operator all relevant details of such potential managing and copies of
draft  documentation  with respect  thereto.  ITTSC and Operator  shall have the
right to notify any party  participating  in such  financing of the  contractual
relationship  which  exists  between  Owner and members of the  Sheraton  Group,
Operator  its  affiliates  and  subsidiaries,  and to indicate the none of these
assumes with Owner any obligation of any nature with respect thereto;

(ii) prior to  printing  and  issuance  of any  document  related to a public or
private offering of securities, Owner shall furnish to ITTSC and Operator a copy
of the draft form,  which  shall not be  published  or issued  without the prior
written approval of ITTSC and Operator,  which in ITTSC's or Operator's  opinion
could  give  rise  to  erroneous   interpretations   concerning   the  aforesaid
contractual relationship or contains figures or other data as aforesaid which in
ITTSC's or Operator's  opinion is erroneous or  misleading.  Operator shall have
the right to require inclusion in such document of a statement  implementing its
rights under this Article; and

                                      -30-
<PAGE>

(iii) Owner shall  promptly  cause to be furnished  to ITTSC and Operator  legal
options  satisfactory in form and substance to ITTSC and Operator,  with respect
to  compliance  by Owner with  allows and  regulations  which  govern  public or
private offerings of securities.

21.05.  Owner shall cause any  affiliated,  subsidiary or controlling  person of
Owner and any partner,  or joint venture in Owner to comply with all  provisions
of this Article that are applicable to any such party.  Owner  acknowledges  its
obligations under this Article are material to the performance of this Contract,
and  agrees  that in  addition  to any other  right or remedy  any member of the
Sheraton  Group or  Operator  may have at law or  pursuant  hereto  Owner  shall
indemnify and hold harmless any member of the Sheraton  Group or Operator or any
affiliate  or  subsidiary  thereof  from and against any loss,  cost,  damage or
expense  (including  lawyer's  fees) which any member of the  Sheraton  Group or
Operator or affiliate or subsidiary  may suffer as a  consequence  of any act of
Owner in breach of this Article.

21.06.  The  provisions  of this  Article  shall where  applicable,  survive any
expiration  or  termination  of this  Contract and shall remain  enforceable  by
Operator notwithstanding such expiration or termination.

21.07.  The  provisions of this Article  shall,  where  applicable,  survive any
expiration  or  termination  of this  Contract and shall remain  enforceable  by
Operator notwithstanding such expirate or termination.

                                  ARTICLE XXII

                               REQUISITE APPROVALS

22.01. If any of the following  conditions  shall not have occurred by the dates
specified below.  Operator may at any time thereafter by written notice to Owner
effective  as of the date of dispatch  terminate  this  Contract  and all of its
obligations hereunder without any liability on the part of Operator:

(i)  approval  of  this  Contract  and all of its  Appendices  by the  Board  of
Directors of Operator within 90 days of signing of this Contract.

(ii)  receipt  by  Operator  on or  before  the  Effective  Date of a  certified
notarized and legalized  copy of a resolution  adopted by the Board of Directors
of Owner authorizing its entry into this Contract,  the License Contract and the
Reservation   Service  Contract,   and  its  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  thereby and confirming  authorization of the Chairman of the Board
of Directors to execute this Contract,  the License Contract and the Reservation
Service Contract on Owner's behalf;

(iii) within thirty (30) days following the execution of this Contract,  receipt
by Operator of the written  approval of this Contract and all of its  Appendices
by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation or its duly authorized
municipal  or  provincial  commission  in charge,  and such  other  governmental
agencies or authorities  (if any) as may be determined by Operator's  lawyers to
be required by law or  regulations  to render this  Contract to be and to remain
throughout the Term a valid and binding and enforceable Contract.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

(iv) within  forty-five  (45) days  following  the  Effective  Date,  receipt by
Operator of confirmation by the Central  Bank/Administratio  of Exchange Control
of the Country as to availability and  remittability of US currency as described
to in Section 16.01;

(v) within  fifteen  (15) days  following  the  receipt by Operator of the items
referred to in paragraph (iii) and (iv) above,  receipt of an opinion by lawyers
with offices in the Country to be selected  and paid for by Operator  confirming
the legal enforceability of this Contract in accordance with its terms;

(vi) within  forty-five (45) days following the Effective Date full and complete
agreement  between  Owner and Operator in respect of the Approved  _________ and
the plan ________ in Section 2.03 paragraph (ii) subparagraph (i).

                                 ARTICLE XXIII

                              DEFAULT & TERMINATION

23.01.   Event of Default

(i) The following events shall constitute events of default under this Contract:

         (a) the failure by Owner or by  Operator  to make any payment  owing to
         the other or  required  pursuant  to the terms of this  Contract  for a
         period in excess of thirty (30) days or more after such payment is due;
         or

         (b) the  failure of Owner to provide  sufficient  working  capital  for
         operation of the Hotel; or

         (c) the filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or a
         petition for reorganization under any bankruptcy law by either Owner or
         Operator,  or the consent to an  involuntary  petition in bankruptcy or
         the failure to vacate same within  sixty (60) days,  or the entering of
         an  order,   judgment,   or  decree  by  any  competent   jurisdiction,
         adjudicating  either  Owner or  Operator a bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or
         approving a petition seeking reorganization,  or appointing a receiver,
         trustee or  liquidator  of all or a  substantial  part of such  party's
         assets; or

         (d) any breach by either Owner or Operator of any  provisions of either
         the  License  Contract  or the  Reservation  Service  Contract;  or the
         failure of Owner to pay an amount payable to any member of the Sheraton
         Group; or

         (e) any material of Owner or Operator of any of the  provisions of this
         Contract or the Technical Services Agreement.

(ii) If any of such events of default shall have  occurred,  the  non-defaulting
party may on thirty  (30) days' prior  written  notice to the  defaulting  party
(five (5) days in the case of subparagraph  (a) of paragraph (i)) terminate this
Contract  provided  that if upon receipt of such notice,  the  defaulting  party
shall  promptly and with all due  diligence  cure the default  within the

                                      -32-
<PAGE>

notice period (or in the case of  subparagraph  (d) or (c) of paragraph  (i), if
such default is not  susceptible  of being cured within thirty (30) days period,
with all due diligence take action to cure the default and such action cures the
default), then such notice shall be of no force and effect.

(iii)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  except  as to  matters  referred  to in
subparagraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph (i), this Contract shall not terminate if
a bona fide  dispute  with respect to any of the  _________  events  default has
arisen between the parties and such _______________ pursuant to Article XXVI.

23.02.   Construction Delays

(i) In the event Owner has not submitted  plans and  specifications  approved or
otherwise  completed the necessary  steps  ____________________  fully completed
construction of the Building & Apprentices  and the __________ and  installation
of all FF&E and Operating  ________ by the dates stated therein being subject to
a  cumulative  extension  of not more than  twelve (12) months for delays due to
causes beyond the reasonable _____ by Owner provided that there shall be no such
extension for any  _____________  commenced  more than fourteen (14) days before
Operator is notified  thereof  ______).  Operator  may, at its sole  option,  on
fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Owner, terminate this Contract and all
of its obligations ____________ without any liability on the part of Operator.

(ii)     Moreover, if

         (a) Operator should at any time prior to the Estimated  Partial Opening
         Date determine:

         i.       That the Building &  Appurtenances  will not be  substantially
                  completed by the Estimated Partial Opening Date, or

         ii.      that the construction of the Hotel materially  varies from the
                  Approved Final Plans, or

         iii.     that Owner's loans or other financing is installment to enable
                  Owner to comply with its obligations under this Contract;

         and Owner  shall not  within  thirty  (30) days of being so  advised by
         Operator in writing (within ninety (90) days in the case of (iii)) have
         arranged in a manner  satisfactory to Operator to cure such default and
         have commenced and diligently proceeded with such cure, or

         (b) Operator should at any time thereafter  determine that Owner is not
         diligently proceeding with such cure;

then  Operator  may,  on  fifteen  (15)  days'  prior  written  notice to Owner,
terminate  this  Contract  and  all of its  obligations  hereunder  without  any
liability on the part of Operator.

                                      -33-
<PAGE>

23.03.   TERMINATION

(i) The  rights  of  termination  granted  under  the  Contract  shall not be in
substitution  for,  but shall be in addition to, any and all rights and remedies
for  breach of  contract  and  other  causes or  action  granted  by  applicable
provisions of law.

(ii) Upon such  termination,  Operator and the relevant  members of the Sheraton
Group  shall be paid  herewith  the  Basic  Fee,  Incentive  Fee,  License  Fee,
Reservation Cost, Centralized Services Cost, Technical Services Cost or payments
for  Additional  Technical  Services  to the date of such  termination,  without
prejudice to any other  claims.  Operator  may have against  Owner for breach of
this Contract.

(iii) In addition,  in the event Operator terminates this Contract in accordance
with Section 23.02 or otherwise on or before the Full Opening Date.  Owner shall
be liable to Operator for the fair and  reasonable  value of all  activities and
services  any  member of the  Sheraton  Group or third  parties  have  performed
pursuant to this  Contract  prior to such  termination.  Operator may  withhold,
based on the payment  standards  agreed by the Owner,  said fair and  reasonable
value  from  any  amounts  paid by  Owner to  Operator  hereunder  prior to such
termination from the Agency Accounts or Reserve Account.

                                  ARTICLE XXIV
                                     CASINO
24.01.  If a casino is operated in the Hotel,  Operator shall have the exclusive
right to operate it. The excess of the gross  amount  wagered  therein  over the
total amount of money won by wager will be included in the Total  Revenue.  Such
excess,  reduced by the  Operating  Expenses  relating  to the  casino,  will be
considered and treated as part the Gross Operating Profit.

                                  ARTICLE XXV
                          GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION
25.01. The Parties shall comply with PRC laws and regulations.

25.02.  Subject to the  proviso  contained  in Clause  25.03,  all  disputes  or
differences  arising in connection  with the  construction,  interpretation  and
performance of this Contract  shall be settled by means of  negotiation  between
Owner and Operator  provided  that if Owner and Operator  cannot settle any such
dispute or  difference  with  thirty  (30) days of first  conferring,  then such
dispute or difference shall be submitted to binding arbitration.
Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Operator:

         (a) The arbitration  shall be conducted  according to UNCITRAL rules in
         for as of the date of this  Contract  provided that in the event of any
         _________  between such rules and the  provisions of this Section,  the
         ______________ of this Section shall prevail.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>

         (b) The arbitration shall consist of one arbitrator appointed by Owner,
         one  arbitrator   appointed  by  Operator  and  an  additional  referee
         arbitrator who shall be appointed by the other  arbitrators.  If either
         Owner or Operator did not appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days
         of  reference  of  the  dispute  to  arbitration,   or  if  the  Owner/
         Operator-appointed  arbitrators  fail  where  applicable  to  appoint a
         reference  within  thirty  (30)  days of the  appointment  of the  last
         Owner/Operator-appointed  arbitrator,  then  those  vacancies  will  be
         filled by arbitrators selected by the Chairman of the Singapore Chamber
         of Commerce and the arbitration shall proceed forthwith.

         (c) The  language  of the  arbitration  proceedings  and of reports and
         documentation  submitted or  distributed  by the  arbitration  shall be
         English.

         (d) The arbitration shall take place in Singapore.  This Contract shall
         be governed by the laws of Singapore.

         (e) So  far as  Owner  and  Operator  can  procure,  proceedings  shall
         commence  as soon as possible  and shall  proceed  thereafter  with all
         deliberate speed to a conclusion.

         (f) Owner and Operator shall each prepare an  English-language  written
         report briefing its position on the issues disputed.  All reports shall
         be  provided  to the members of the panel no later than sixty (60) days
         after the reference of the dispute to arbitration.

         (g) Owner and Operator may participate  with the assistance of counsel.
         A  written  transcript  of the  proceedings  shall be kept and shall be
         provided to either of Owner or Operator requesting it.

         (h) The panel will be  requested  to provide  written  reasons  for its
         conclusions. In making its award(s) the panel may award pre-judgment or
         post-judgment interest.

         (i) The  award  of the  panel  shall  be a final  decision  and  formal
         judgment on the dispute  between Owner and  Operator.  The award may be
         entered  in any  competent  court  or  application  may be  made to any
         competent  court for judicial  acceptance or confirmation of the award.
         Neither  Owner nor  Operator  shall seek  recourse to a court of law or
         other authorities in connection with any question of law arising in the
         course of the arbitration nor to appeal for revision of the award.

         (j) Fees  shall be based upon  actual  arbitration  and other  services
         rendered  and not upon the amount in  controversy  or the amount of the
         award or otherwise.

         (k) Included  that in respect of any claim for  non-payment  of any sum
         pursuant  to the  terms of this  Contract,  Owner and  Operator  hereby
         ________ to the  non-exclusive  jurisdiction of the courts of Singapore
         and the provisions of Section 25.02 shall not apply.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XXVI

                                     NOTICE

26.01.  Any notice  required to be given under this Contract shall be in writing
and  shall  be  deemed  to have  been  effectively  given  (i)  when  personally
delivered,  (ii) ten  (10)  working  days  after  being  sent by  registered  or
certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, or (iii) when sent
by facsimile,  telex or telegraph, in each such case addressed as follows, or to
such  _________________  either Owner or Operator may subsequently  designate by
notice to the other:

         Owner:            Huasheng Hotel International (Shenyang) Co., Ltd.
                           386 Qingnian Street
                           Heping District
                           Shenyang
                           Liaoning Province
                           People's Republic of China
                           Telex:
                           Fax:  86-24-385-965

         Operator:         Sheraton Overseas Management Corporation
                           Sixty State Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                           U.S.A.
                           c/o Legal Department
                           Telex: 4-30027
                           Fax:  1-617-367-5636

with copies to:     (a)    Hotel c/o General Manager and

                    (b)    Sheraton Asia Pacific Corporation
                           9/F, New World Office Building
                           West Wing
                           20 Salisbury Road
                           Kowloon
                           Hong Kong
                           c/o Regional Director of Operations
                           Telex No.: 49107 TSCAP HX
                           Fax No.:  852-369-5300 and

                                      -36-
<PAGE>

                    (c)    ITT Sheraton Corporation
                           Sixty State Street
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                           U.S.A.
                           c/o Legal Department
                           Telex: 4430027
                           Fax:  1-617-367-5636

                                 ARTICLE XXVII

                                 LEGAL VALIDITY

27.01. With respect to the management and operation of the Hotel and all matters
covered by the scope of this Contract,  Owner hereby  confirms that in _________
of a conflict  between any  provision or  stipulations  of this Contract and the
provisions  or  stipulations  of a  joint  venture  contract  (if  any)  for the
establishment of Owner and the construction of the Hotel by and between Shenyang
Sports  Enterprise  Company and Taiwan  Kaipeng  Construction  Holding Co. Ltd.,
dated  1  November  1994,  or the  Articles  of  Association  of  Owner,  or any
amendments or supplement  thereto,  or any contract  executed by Owner or any of
its joint venture  partners to which Operator is not a party, the provisions and
stipulations  of this  Contract  shall  govern  and shall  have  ultimate  legal
validity.

                                 ARTICLE XXVIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

28.01.  Owner  hereby  agrees not to engage in any other  activity  or  business
during the Term which  will have an  adverse  effect on its  ability to meet its
obligations set forth in this Contract, and Operator shall be advised in writing
in advance of any such activity or business to be undertaken by Owner.

28.02.  To  compensate  for the effects on  inflation  Operator  may rely on the
Independent  Auditor to establish revisions to the figures set forth in Articles
IV and X.

28.03.  In respect of all amounts payable to Operator or to other members of the
Sheraton Group under this Contract not paid on the due date or dates for payment
thereof, whether in respect of fees, reimbursement or otherwise,  interest shall
be payable  in US  dollars  at the rate of one and a half cent  (1.5%) per month
compounded  on a monthly  basis to the extent  permitted by  applicable  law, on
demand from the due date or dates for payment until payment,  without  prejudice
to any rights of  termination  under this  Contract  or to any other  claims for
breach of this  Contract that Operator may have against Owner in respect of such
non-payment.

28.04.  The waiver of any of the terms and  conditions  of this  Contract on any
occasion or occasions, shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms and conditions
on any future occasion.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

28.05.  Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  whenever in this  Contract  the
approval of Operator or Owner is required,  such  approval  shall be in writing,
shall not be unreasonably withheld or be subject to unreasonable conditions.

28.06.  Operator shall have the right to set off any liabilities of Owner to any
member of the Sheraton Group against any payments to be made to Owner under this
Contract and against all funds in the Agency  Accounts and the Reserve  Account,
provided that Operator provides Owner one week notice prior to any such offset.

28.07. Unless otherwise notified by Operator, all payment to be made by Owner to
Operator  hereunder  (as compared with payments to be withdrawn by Operator from
either the Agency  Accounts or the Reserve  Account) shall be made to the credit
of Operator by  transfer of funds to  Operator's  account at the Bank or to such
other accounts as Operator may from time to time designate.

28.08.  Until Owner shall advise  Operator to the contrary in writing,  Operator
may rely on Mr. Gao Wanjun as being  authorized  to take any action  required or
permitted to be taken by Owner, including, without limitation, the giving of all
approvals hereunder.

28.09.  Neither  Operator nor any of its affiliates or  subsidiaries  shall,  by
reason of Operator  entering into this  Contract,  be restricted in any way from
owning,  leasing,  managing or licensing other hotels in its absolute discretion
wherever located.

28.10.  Owner and  Operator  shall  execute and  deliver  all other  appropriate
supplemental contracts and other instruments and take any other action necessary
to make this  Contract and all of its  Appendices  fully and legally  effective,
binding and enforceable as between the parties and as against third parties.

28.11. The headings of the Articles and Sections of this Contract and all of its
Appendices are inserted for convenience  only and are not intended to affect the
meaning of any of the provisions.

28.12. All Appendices to this Contract are an integral part of this Contract and
all terms  defined  in this  Contract  and the  Appendices  shall  have the same
meaning throughout this Contract and its Appendices.

28.13.  References in  ___________________  to Articles,  Sections,  paragraphs,
subparagraphs  and  Appendices  are  to  the  Articles,  Sections,   paragraphs,
subparagraphs  and the  Appendices of this  Contract.  References to Articles or
Sections,  except where the context  otherwise  requires,  are references to the
relevant  Article or Section in this  Contract or Article in which the reference
appears.  References to paragraphs  and  subparagraphs  except where the context
otherwise requires,  are references to the relevant paragraph or subparagraph in
the Section or paragraph in which the reference appears.

28.14. Owner hereby represents that in entering into this Contract Owner has not
relied on any  projections  of earnings,  statements  as to the  possibility  of
future  success or other similar matter which may have been prepared by Operator
or any member of the Sheraton Group,  and understands  that no guarantee is made
or implied by Operator or any member of the Sheraton Group as to the cost of the
future financial success of the Hotel.


                                      -38-
<PAGE>

28.15. This Contract constitutes the entire agreement between Owner and Operator
relating to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior agreements,  oral or
written.  This Contract shall be binding upon and shall insure to the benefit of
Owner and Operator and their respective  successors and permitted  assignees and
any members of the Sheraton Group herein referred to.

28.16.  This  Contract  and all of its  Appendices  are  written to English  and
Chinese, to be executed by both parties. Both language versions shall have equal
force and  effect,  except  in the case of any  discrepancy,  in which  case the
English language version shall prevail.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Operator have duly executed this
Contract on the day, month and year first above written.


WITNESS:                       HUASHENG HOTEL INTERNATIONAL (SHENYANG) CO., LTD.


By:                             By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Gao Wanjun
          ------------------        Title: Chairman
     Title:
          ------------------

WITNESS:                        SHERATON OVERSEAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION


By:                             By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Edward Davie
          ------------------        Title: President, Asia-Pacific Region
     Title:
          ------------------


                                      -39-
<PAGE>


                                       A-1

                                   APPENDIX A

                               DESCRIPTION OF SITE





                                      A-1
<PAGE>
                                 APPENDIX B

                                ACCOUNTING TERMS

(i) TOTAL  REVENUE  shall mean all income and proceeds of every kind (whether in
cash or on  credit)  resulting  from the  operation  of the  resulting  from the
operation  of the Hotel and all of the  facilities  therein  including,  without
limitation:

(1)      all income received from tenants,  transient guests, lessees,  licenses
         and  concessionaires  (but not  including  the gross  receipts  of such
         lessees,  licensees or  concessionaires)  and other  persons  occupying
         space at the Hotel and/or  rendering  services to the Hotel guests (but
         exclusive  of  all  consideration  received  at  the  Hotel  for  hotel
         accommodations  goods  and  services  to be  provided  at other  hotels
         although arranged by for [ ] Operator);

(2)      all income from catering operations conducted outside of the Hotel

(3)      all subsidy payments, governmental allowances and awards

(4)      any other form of incentive  payments or awards from any [ ] whatsoever
         which are attributable to the operation of the Hotel and [ ]

(5)      the proceeds of business interruptions  insurance actually received [ ]
         Operator  or Owner  with  respect  to the  operations  of the Hotel [ ]
         deduction from said insurance proceeds of all necessary expenses [ ] in
         the adjustment or collection thereof)

(6)      [ ]Turnover  Taxes which have been added onto the  customers'  bill and
         actually received by the Hotel as part of the Hotel's revenue.

(ii)  GROSS  OPERATING  PROFIT  shall  mean the  excess  of Total  Revenue  over
Operating Expenses.

(iii)  TURNOVER  TAXES  shall mean gross  receipts or value added tax or similar
turnover taxes and levies and any other direct room or room sales related taxes,
fees or levies.

(iv)  OPERATING  EXPENSES shall mean the entire costs and expense of maintaining
conducting,  and  supervising the operation of the Hotel (but shall not include,
except as otherwise provided in this Contract,  (a) principal of and interest on
Owner's  indebtedness  and any  rent  payable  by  Owner  (b)  depreciation  and
amortization,  (c) payments by Owner or Operator under any equipment leases, and
(d) the costs of any  other  things  specified  in this  Contract  to be done or
provided at Owner's  expense)  incurred  by  Operator  directly [ ]request or is
otherwise  provided in this  Contract,  which  Operating  Expenses  are properly
attributable  to the  period  under  consideration  under  Operator's  system of
accounting, including without limitation:

(1)      the  cost  of all  food  and  beverages  sold  or  consumed  and of all
         Operating  Equipment  and  Operating   Supplies,   other  than  initial
         inventories of Operating  Equipment and Operating supplies furnished by
         Owner pursuant to Article II;

                                      B-1

<PAGE>

(2)      salaries and wages and employee benefits of Hotel personnel,  including
         without limitation,  pension plans, medical insurance,  life insurance,
         travel accident insurance and bonuses,  including cost of payroll taxes
         and  employee  benefits,  severance or other  termination  benefits and
         accruals  therefor,  the  cost of  moving  Hotel  personnel  (including
         Expatriates),  the families and  personal  belongings  to the Hotel and
         their  return,  and all other  expenses not specified or referred to in
         this  Appendix B which are referred to as  "Administrative  and General
         Expenses" in the Uniform  System.  If the general  manager of the Hotel
         and other Hotel executive  personnel are on the payroll of ITTSC or any
         member of the  Sheraton  Group,  the cost of their  salaries,  bonuses,
         payroll  taxes and  employee  benefits,  including  family  home leave,
         airfares  and  allowances)  shall be billed by said  company  to and be
         reimbursed  by owner  monthly  and such [ ]  reimbursement  shall be an
         Operating Expense. Except as here and otherwise expressly provided, the
         salaries or wages of other employees or executives of Operator,  or any
         member of the Sheraton  Group shall in no event be Operating  expenses,
         but  traveling  expenses  incurred  by  them  in  connection  with  the
         management of the Hotel,  including  living  expenses  incurred  during
         travel, shall be Operating Expenses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
         it becomes  necessary for an employee or executive of any member of the
         Sheraton Group to perform  temporary  services at the Hotel of a nature
         normally  performed by Hotel personnel,  his salary (including  payroll
         taxes  and  employee  benefits)  as  well  as  his  traveling  expenses
         (including living expenses) shall be Operating Expenses;

(3)      the cost of all other  goods  and  services  obtained  by  Operator  in
         connection  with  its  operation  of  the  Hotel   including,   without
         limitation,  heat and utilities, office supplies and services performed
         by third parties;

(4)      the cost of repair and  maintenance of the Hotel and such  amortization
         charges for  capital  improvements  as  determined  by the  Independent
         Auditor pursuant to Article XII;

(5)      insurance  premiums for general  liability  insurance,  motor liability
         insurance,  worker's  compensation  insurance or similar  contributions
         required by employee  benefits,  acts,  employee bonds and such use and
         occupancy or other insurance as may be provided for protection  against
         claims,  liabilities and losses arising from the operating of the Hotel
         (as distinguished from any property damages insurance on the Building &
         Appurtenances  or its  contents,  business  interruption  insurance and
         boiler and machinery insurance the cost of which will be borne by Owner
         and will not be considered as Operating Expenses),  and losses incurred
         on my self-insured  risks of the foregoing types provided that Operator
         has approved in advance such self-insurance or has agreed in advance to
         the  unavailability  of  insurance  to cover such  risks.  Premiums  on
         policies for more than one (1) year and/or not for a period  within the
         Fiscal Year in question will be pro-rated over the period of insurance,
         and premiums under blanket  policies will be allocated among properties
         covered;

(6)      all taxes,  assessments  and other charges (other than income taxes and
         Turnover  Taxes) with respect to the operation of the Hotel,  and water
         and sewerage  charges but excluding all taxes levied or imposed against
         the Hotel or its contents, such as real and personal property taxes;

                                      B-2

<PAGE>

(7)      legal costs and fees, and fees of any Independent Auditor, for services
         relating to the obtaining of all  necessary  approvals of this Contract
         and of matters relating thereto including any requisite registration of
         Operator (as a branch,  an officer or otherwise),  and the operation of
         the Hotel and its facilities;

(8)      the costs and expenses  (including  salaries)  incurred  after the Full
         Opening  Date of  technical  consultants  and  specialized  operational
         experts for specialized  services in connection with non-recurring work
         on operation,  functional,  decorating, design or construction problems
         and  activities,  including  the  reasonable  fees of any member of the
         Sheraton Group in connection  therewith  (excluding  Technical Services
         Cost or payment for Additional Technical Services);

(9)      all  expenses  for  advertising  the  Hotel and all  expenses  of sales
         promotion and public  relations  activities  incurred after the Partial
         Opening Date;

(10)     all out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements  reasonably,  properly and
         specifically  incurred by any member of the Sheraton Group pursuant to,
         in the course of or directly related to the management and operation of
         the Hotel under this Contract.  Without  limiting the generality of the
         foregoing,  such charges may include all reasonable travel,  telephone,
         telegram,  radiogram,  cablegram,  air  express  and  other  incidental
         expenses, but except as herein otherwise expressly provided,  shall not
         include any of the regular  expenses of the offices  maintained  by any
         member of the Sheraton Group other than offices maintained at the Hotel
         for the management of the Hotel;

(11)     Reservation Costs incurred after the Partial Opening Date;

(12)     Centralized Services Costs;

(13)     Operator's Basic Fee in excess of License Fee;

(14)     License Fee under the License  Contract to the extent actually  payable
         and; allowances for

(15)     uncollectible accounts receivable in an amount proposed by Operator and
         accepted by the Independent Auditor.


                                      B-3

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                                LICENSE CONTRACT

LICENSE  CONTRACT  (this  Contract),  made and  entered  into  this  15th day of
September,  1995,  by  and  between  SHERATON  INTERNATIONAL  INC.,  a  Delaware
corporation  having  its  principal  offices  at  Sixty  State  Street,  Boston,
Massachusetts   02109,  U.S.A.   (Licensor)  and  Huasheng  Hotel  International
(Shenyang)  Co.,  Ltd., a duly organized and  registered  legal entity  existing
under the laws of the People's Republic of China and having its legal address at
386 Qingnian  Street,  Hepag District,  Shenyang,  Liaoning  Province,  People's
Republic of China (Licensee).

WHEREAS

(1)      Licensor  is  the  owner  of the  rights  in the  Country  to the  name
         Sheraton,  the stylized "S" mark used in  connection  with the chain of
         hotels  bearing the name  Sheraton  and various  other  service  marks,
         trademarks,  trade names slogans, symbols, designs,  insignia,  emblems
         and other identifying characteristics associated with the said chain of
         hotels, collectively the Sheraton Marks); and

(2)      Licensee is the owner of a certain hotel located at Shenyang,  Liaoning
         Province,  People's Republic of China to be named the Sheraton Shenyang
         Hotel (the  Hotel),  to be  operated by  Sheraton  Overseas  Management
         Corporation  (Operator)  pursuant to a Management Contract of even date
         herewith  by  and  between   Licensee  and  Operator  (the   Management
         Contract).

(3)      Licensee desires to obtain for the Hotel the benefits of the use of the
         aforementioned  Sheraton Marks and Licensor desires to provide Licensee
         therewith for a fee.

(4)      All terms used herein which are not defined  shall have the meanings as
         defined the Management Contract.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  Licensor and Licensee  hereby  mutually  covenant and agree as
follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                            USE OF THE SHERATON MARKS

Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, only within the terms and conditions of this
Contract,  a  non-exclusive  license to use, in connection with the operation of
the Hotel,  the Sheraton Marks to which Licensor has  proprietary  rights in the
Country.

                                      C-1

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                              LICENSEE'S COVENANTS

1.       Licensee  acknowledges  that the Sheraton Marks have acquired a primary
         significance  indicating  that  the  Hotel is a part of the  system  of
         Sheraton hotels,  owned, leased,  operated or franchised by Licensor or
         its  affiliated   companies.   Licensee  will  always  acknowledge  and
         recognize,  both before and after the expiration of this Contract,  the
         exclusive  right of Licensor and its affiliated  companies to use or to
         grant  to any  third  party  the  right  or  license  to  use,  whether
         separately  as part of or in  connection  with  other  words,  slogans,
         symbols or designs,  the Sheraton Marks, which may now or in the future
         be  generally  used in  connection  with the  operation of such hotels.
         Except to the extent  authorized  hereunder,  while this Contract is in
         effect Licensee agrees that it will not use, imitate,  or infringe upon
         any of the  Sheraton  Marks in whole or in part.  All use  hereunder by
         Licensee of the Sheraton  Marks shall  insure  solely to the benefit of
         the Licensor.

2.       Subject to the rights of  Licensee  (Owner) set forth in Article XX, of
         the Management Contract,  upon the termination of this Contract for any
         reason whatever all rights and privileges granted to Licensee hereunder
         shall immediately terminate and Licensee and all persons claiming under
         Licensee  shall  immediately  cease  and  desist  from  the  use of the
         Sheraton Marks and from the use of supplies,  equipment and other items
         bearing any of such Sheraton Marks.

3.       Licensee's   covenants   under  this   Article  II  are  agreed  to  be
         unconditional  and in no way dependent upon the performance by Licensor
         of any of its agreements hereunder.

4.       Licensor shall have right to seek injunctive or other relief in a court
         of  competent  jurisdiction  to enforce the  foregoing  provisions  and
         Licensee  shall bear all of Licensor's  costs in  connection  with such
         proceedings.  Moreover,  Licensee will pay to Licensor as a penalty the
         sum of US$1,000 for each day that the Licensee shall be in violation of
         its obligations under this Article II.

5.       Licensee will enter into all contract,  execute all documents and fully
         cooperate with Licensor in connection with all  appropriate  recordings
         in public offices (other than the initial  registration of the Sheraton
         Marks,  which is Licensor's  responsibility)  necessary for Licensor or
         preserve,  protect  and  appropriately  record its  proprietary  rights
         herein  described,  and cause this Contract to be and remain throughout
         the term hereof a valid and binding legal  contract  enforceable  in he
         courts of the  Country.  Upon the  expiration  or  termination  of this
         Contract,  Licensee, at Licensor's request and at its own expense, will
         withdraw or cooperate  with Licensor in connection  with the withdrawal
         of any such recordings.  Moreover, Licensee hereby appoints Licensor as
         its  attorney  with the power to do any or all of the  foregoing in the
         name and on behalf of Licensee.

         Licensor,  through  its  agent  and  attorneys,  will  arrange  for the
         preparation of all the foregoing contracts and documents,  the doing of
         all the foregoing  acts, the effecting of all


                                      C-2
<PAGE>


         the foregoing  recordings  for the foregoing  approvals.  Licensee will
         bear  all  costs  incurred  by  Licensor  in  connection  with the said
         activities.

                                  ARTICLE III

                                     DEFAULT

Interest at the rate of one and a half per cent (1.5%) per month compounded on a
monthly  basis to the extent  permitted by applicable  law,  shall be payable on
demand on all fees not paid on the due dates for  payment  from the due date for
payment thereof until payment without  prejudice to any rights of termination or
claims for breach of this Contract Licensor may have against Licensee in respect
of such non-payment.

If Licensor shall fail to pay when due any fees payable to Licensor or to comply
with its other covenants set forth herein,  Licensor may terminate this Contract
with its other covenants set forth herein,  Licensor may terminate this Contract
and all rights of Licensee  hereunder  by written  notice to  Licensee,  sent by
prepaid registered airmail,  effective on dispatch, but without prejudice to any
obligations of Licensee for any accrued fees or other liabilities or obligations
arising out of any acts or omissions or Licensee prior to such termination,  and
without  in any way  affecting  any  obligations  of  Licensee  to  perform  all
provisions  of  this  Contract  which  are  to  be  performed   after  any  such
termination.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  COMPENSATION

In consideration of the issuance and continuance of the license granted pursuant
to this Contract,  Licensee  agrees to pay to Licensor a monthly license fee for
each calendar month or portion thereof equal to five percent (5%) of "gross room
sales" on an accurate  basis from the  operation  of Hotel during the month (the
"License  Fee"),  subject as  provided  in  Section  7.01  paragraph  (1) of the
Management Contract.  For purposes hereof,  "gross room sales" means all revenue
derived from guest rooms and  apartments  rented for  part-day  occupancy a full
day,  week or longer,  provided  that where a single charge is made for room and
board, an equitable portion of such charge shall be included in gross room sales
in a manner  consistent  with  Operator's  normal method of accounting  for such
charges.  License Fee accrued  during any month will be payable on the fifth day
of the following month.

All fees  payable to  Licensor  hereunder  shall be paid in US  currency,  at an
address of  Licensor  in the  United  States of  America  (Licensor's  Address),
currency  conversion  to be  calculated  at the  prevailing  exchange  rate  for
payments of a similar  nature in effect on the date payment is due  hereunder or
the date payment is effected,  whichever is earlier. Failure of Licensee to make
any payment in US currency at Licensor's  Address,  for whatever reason (even if
such failure is a result of  governmental  order or  regulation  or order of any
judicial  body  having  jurisdiction)  within  three (3)  months of the due date
thereof,  shall give  Licensor the right to terminate  this  Contract by written
notice to  Licensee,  effective  on  dispatch.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Licensor  may,  however,  at its  exclusive  option,  elect from time to time to
receive payments due hereunder in local currency by so notifying Licensee at any
time before the respective payment


                                      C-4

<PAGE>


is actually received, in which event Licensee will make the payments as to which
the notice relates in local currency.  The exercise of the foregoing option with
regard to any required payment hereunder shall not be denied to require Licensor
to exercise the said option with regard to any other required payment.

                                   ARTICLE V

                                   PROPER LAW

The governing law of this Contract  shall be the governing law of the Management
Contract  and any and all  disputes  arising  under or in  connection  with this
Contract shall be handled in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article
XXV of the Management Contract.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                      TERM

The  term of  this  Contract  shall  commence  on the  Partial  Opening  Date in
accordance  with the  Management  Contract  (the  Commencement  Date) and shall,
subject to earlier termination as provided herein,  automatically terminate upon
the termination or expiration of the said Management Contract.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                          LICENSOR'S TERMINATION RIGHTS
                       RELATING TO GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS

Licensor  may  terminate  this  Contract  at any time by the  written  notice to
Licensee,  effective  upon  dispatch,  upon  occurrence  of any of the following
events

         (a) at the proper  authorities  of the Country shall have failed by the
         Commencement  Date  hereof and  continue  thereafter  to have  approved
         _____________  right to receive and remit to its officers in the United
         States of American US  currency,  all amounts of License Fee payable to
         Licensor hereunder;

         (b) if the  Contract  shall  not by the  Commencement  Date  have  been
         approved  by all  relevant  governmental  authorities  in  charge,  the
         approval of which is required under the law of the Country to make this
         Contract a valid and binding contract  enforceable in the courts of the
         Country;  Licensor shall also have the right to terminate this Contract
         at any time  after the  relevant  governmental  authorities  shall have
         disapproved any application for any of the foregoing approvals.

No delay in  exercising  any of the  foregoing  rights of  termination  shall be
deemed  a  waiver  thereof;  provided,  however,  that in the  event  any of the
foregoing approvals are not obtained by the Commencement Date or in the event of
the  disapproval  of any  application  for any of the  foregoing  approvals,  if
Licensee requests  Licensor to waive any such right in writing,  Licensor shall,
within thirty (30) days of receipt of such request, either: (i) waive the rights
not obtained by the  Commencement  Date or the rights to which such  disapproved
application  relates,  as the

                                      C-5

<PAGE>


case may be, or (ii) terminate  Contract in the foregoing manner, and Licensor's
failure to respond to such  request  within such thirty (30) day period shall be
deemed a waiver of the said rights.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have duly  executed  this Contract the day and
year first above written.


WITNESS:                       HUASHENG HOTEL INTERNATIONAL (SHENYANG) CO., LTD.

By:                            By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Gao Wanjun
          ------------------        Title: Chairman
     Title:
          ------------------

WITNESS:                        SHERATON INTERNATIONAL INC.


By:                             By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Edward Davie
          ------------------        Title: President, Asia-Pacific Region
     Title:
          ------------------

                                      C-5

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX D

                      SHERATON RESERVATION SERVICE CONTRACT



SHERATON  RESERVATION  SERVICE CONTRACT (this  Contract),  made and entered into
this 15th day of September,  1995 by and between  Huasheag  Hotel  International
(Shenyang)  Co.,  Ltd., a duly organised and  registered  legal entity  existing
under the laws of People's Republic of China and having its legal address at 386
Quingnian Street, Heping District, Shenyung __ing Providence, People's Report of
China (Owner), and ITT SHERATON RESERVATIONS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
having its principal offices at Sixty State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 012108
U.S.A. (Rescorp.).

WHEREAS:

           1.  Rescorp   maintains  a  worldwide  network  for  the  making  and
confirming of reservations at Sheraton Hotels throughout the world (the System),
which is  presently  interconnected  and  contractual  arrangements  with  other
reservations network the benefits of which the available to all Sheraton hotels.

           2.  Owner  desires  to enter  the  hotel to be  named  the  "Sheraton
Shenwang  Hotel" (the  "Hotel"),  in the System and to enjoy the benefits of the
System.

           3. All terms used herein which are not defined shall have the meaning
as defined in the Management Contract by and between Owner and Sheraton Overseas
Management Contract, executed on even date hereof (the "Management Contract").

Now, therefore, Owner and Rescorp hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

     (i)  Rescorp  shall  provide the Hotel with the full benefit of the System,
          which  presently  consists  of a central  computer  (Sheraton  Central
          Computer)  located at Braintree,  Massachusetts,  U.S.A. and Rescorp's
          Reservation  Offices  located in - Austin,  Texas and  Raleigh,  North
          Carolina,   U.S.A.;   Singapore;   Tokyo,  Japan;  Sydney,  Australia;
          Auckland,  New Zealand;  London,  United Kingdom;  Brussels,  Belgium;
          Milan, Italy; Bahrain, Kuwait; Hong Kong; Bangkok,  Thailand and major
          market  cities   throughout  the  world  -  any  of  which   maintains
          reservations  agents  which  provide  reservations  services  for  all
          Sheraton hotels throughout the world (herein collectively  referred to
          as RSO),  as well as the  respective  advertised  toll free  telephone
          number in the U.S.A.,  Canada and major market cities  throughout  the
          world through which  reservations  can be made with any Sheraton Hotel
          in the world.  The Sheraton

                                      D-1

<PAGE>

          Central  Computer,  which  maintains  room  availability  data  on all
          Sheraton  hotels  and  will  maintain  such  data  on  the  Hotel,  is
          interconnected  with  terminals  RSO and in all Sheraton  Hotels.  The
          System is presently  interconnected  with the respective  reservations
          networks  maintained by various major airline  companies and other 3rd
          party Reservation sources which likewise serve a reservations  sources
          for all Sheraton  Hotels and through  which  reservations  are relayed
          instantly  to the  Sheraton  Central  Compute.  The  Sheraton  Central
          Computer  or  appropriate  personnel  will  relay  to  the  Hotel  all
          reservations so received either:

          (a) by relating  the  information  to a terminal at the Hotel which is
          interconnected  with the Sheraton Central Computer either (i) directly
          through  Reservation  IV Equipment or (ii)  indirectly  through leased
          line equipment; or

          (b)  by  telex;  or  by  such  other  source  of  generally   accepted
          communication  equipment that may be used in a particular  location as
          determined by Rescorp.

           4. Owner shall be enrolled in the System on the terms and  conditions
specified herein on a date to be agreed to by the parties, but no later than six
(6) months prior to the Estimated Partial Opening Date (Participation Date):

          (a) Commencing on the Partial Opening Date, Owner shall pay to Rescorp
          a monthly  reservation  participation  payment  (Reservation Cost) for
          participation  in  the  System  evaluated  on  the  same  basis  or in
          accordance  with the same formula as the amount  payable  generally by
          other  participants  in the System.  Effective and including July 1st,
          1993 the Reservation Cost is six tenths of one percent (0.6%) of gross
          room  revenue,  plus US$10.00 for each  Available  Room per month plus
          US$4.00  for each  reservation  made  through a  Sheraton  Reservation
          Office to the Hotel  (regardless  of  whether it is  cancelled  or not
          consumed) and for the purposes of this Contract a reservation consists
          of up to five (5) rooms and may be in respect of up to nine (9) adults
          (plus up to nine (9) children) and maybe up to thirty-one (31) days in
          length).  The amounts constituting the Reservation Cost are subject to
          change  form  time to  time by  Rescorp  and may be in  excess  of the
          above-stated amounts when the first payment of the Reservation Cost is
          required  hereunder.  Such changes shall be effective upon dispatch of
          notification thereof in writing by Rescorp to Owners.

          (b) If the Participation  Date precedes the Partial Opening Date, then
          for the period  commencing from the  Participation  Date and ending on
          the  Partial  Opening  Date,  Owner  shall pay to Rescorp an amount in
          respect of each month prior to the Partial  Opening Date per Available
          Room according to the following schedule.

          Month prior to the Partial Opening Date             Amount o US$
          ---------------------------------------             ------------
                           sixth                                  5.00

                           fifth                                  5.00

                          fourth                                  6.00

                           third                                  6.00

                          second                                  7.00

                           first                                  8.00

                                      D-2

<PAGE>
                  The above  amounts  are subject to change from time to time by
                  Rescorp.  Such  changes  shall be effective  upon  dispatch of
                  notification thereof in writing by Rescorp. to Owner.

           5. All fees  hereunder are expressed in currency of the United States
of  America  and  will  be  payable  in  such  currency  at  Rescorp's   address
above-specified or such other address in the United States of America as Rescorp
shall notify Owner. The obtaining of any necessary licenses,  permits, consents,
approvals and authorisations from the proper authorities of the Country shall be
arranged in the manner set forth in the Management Contract. Failure of Owner to
make any payments hereunder in the foregoing currency at the foregoing times and
in the  foregoing  manner for  whatever  reason  (even if such failure is due to
governmental   order  or   regulation   or  order  of  a  judicial  body  having
jurisdiction)  shall be deemed as  non-performance  or  inability to perform the
term so of this Contract  giving Rescorp the right to terminate this Contract by
written notice to Owner, sent by registered airmail, postage prepaid,  effective
upon dispatch;  Rescorp may, however, at its exclusive option, from time to time
agree to  accept  payments  in local  currency,  but any such  agreement  on any
occasion  or  occasions  shall not require  Rescorp to accept  payments in local
currency on any other occasions.

           6.  Until  such time as the  Hotel is  interconnected  directly  with
Sheraton Central Computer, the following provisions shall be applicable:

          (a) Owner  shall  either:  (1)  maintain  communication  equipment  as
          specified  by Rescorp at the Hotel to achieve and send  communications
          related to reservations at Sheraton Hotels,  or (2) caused leased line
          equipment  to be  installed  at the Hotel  with the  Sheraton  Central
          Computer.  It will be Rescorp's  responsibility  to make the necessary
          arrangements with the company  supplying the communication  equipment,
          but Owner shall cooperate with Rescorp in connection therewith.

          (b)  Owner  shall  be  solely  responsible  for  compliance  with  its
          contractual   obligations  with  the  supplier  of  the  communication
          equipment and Owner shall  indemnify and hold  harmless  Rescorp,  ITT
          Sheraton  Corporation  (ITTS,  ITT  Corporation  and their  respective
          subsidiaries  and affiliates from and against all  liabilities,  fees,
          costs,  expenses and damages  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees,
          arising out defects in the  equipment  itself and will,  at  Rescorp's
          request,  assume the defense of any claim or legal proceeding  brought
          against any of them to establish any such liability or damages.

           7.  It  the  Hotel,  in  Rescorp's   opinion,   can  be  conveniently
interconnected  directly to the Sheraton Central Computer at any time during the
term of this Contract, the following provisions shall be applicable:

          (a) Owner  shall  purchase  and will  install at it own  expense  such
          Reservation  IV Equipment and will  sub-license  such  Reservation  IV
          Equipment  Software  as may be  necessary  to  interconnect  the Hotel
          directly with the Sheraton Central  Computer,  and Owner will in order
          to effect the foregoing enter into with Rescorp an Equipment  Purchase
          and  Reservation  IV  Equipment  Software  Sub-License   Agreement  in
          Rescorp's  standard form modified in Rescorp may  reasonably  require.
          Such  Reservation IV Equipment  will include,  but will not be limited
          to:

                                      D-3

<PAGE>

               (i)  NCR Tower 32, 120 and/or 30 mega-bytes super-microcomputer;

               (ii) ITT Qume visual display units and keyboards;

               (iii) NEC P7 printers (2);

               (iv) Concord and NCR modem; and

               (v)  related cable communication

               or such other  equipment  as Rescorp  shall  agree is  comparable
               thereto  and is  capable  of  running  Reservation  IV  Equipment
               Software,  Shipping charges, import duties, taxes and the like on
               such equipment are for Owner's account.

          (b)  Service and  maintenance  of the  Reservation  IV  Equipment  are
          furnished at Owner's  expense.  Owner shall procure that any person or
          persons  hired for service or  maintenance  or  designated  by Rescorp
          enter  the  Hotel  and  shall  have  access  to the  equipment  at all
          reasonable  times  for  the  purposes  of  installation,   inspection,
          maintenance  or repair  thereof.  Owner shall not  interfere or permit
          interference  with the equipment or permit access to the equipment for
          such purposes by any person not responsible for service of maintenance
          or not  designated  by  Rescorp,  nor permit any  change,  alteration,
          addition or connection of any kind be made to the equipment  except by
          or under  the  supervision  of  persons  responsible  for  service  or
          maintenance or designated by Rescorp.

          (c) Owner  acknowledges  that it has no property rights in Reservation
          IV  Equipment  Software by reason of this  Contract or the  Management
          Contract and that Rescorp has exclusive property therein.

           8. Owner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Rescorp and its
affiliated  companies  from and  against  all  liability  penalties  and  costs,
including  reasonable  attorney's  fees,  suffered by any of them as a result of
Owner's failure to perform its  obligations  under this Contract and Owner sill,
at Rescorp's  request,  assume the defense of any claim or legal  proceeding  in
which such liability or penalty is sought.

           9.  Neither  Rescorp  nor any of its  affiliated  companies  shall be
liable for any damages arising from the installation,  use, presence, or removal
of Reservation IV Equipment at or from Owner's premises.

           10. Owner agrees to observe the practices and procedures  required of
other Sheraton Hotels participating in the System.

           11.  Prior to the  Partial  Opening  Date,  any and all sales  taxes,
property taxes,  use taxes and other fees, taxes or charges levied or imposed by
any governmental body (other than manufacturer's  excise taxes and taxes imposed
on  any  ITTSC   affiliate's   corporate  income  or  franchise  taxes)  on  the
communication  system or the Reservation IV Equipment  installed at the Hotel or
the  Reservation  IV  Equipment  Software or in  connection  with or measured by
Owner's

                                      D-5

<PAGE>

participation in the System shall be Owner's obligation.  Further,  Owner agrees
to be liable for and make payment of any taxes imposed in the Country in respect
of any payments made or payable hereunder.

           12.  Interest  at the  rate of one and a half  cent  (1.5%)  shall be
payable on demand on all fees not paid on the due date for payment  from the due
date for payment  thereof  until  payment,  without  prejudice  to any rights of
termination or claims for breach of this Contract Rescorp may have against Owner
in respect of such non-payment.

           13. Owner shall comply with all  governmental  rules and  regulations
applicable to the use,  operation and possession of the Reservation IV Equipment
and Reservation IV Equipment Software and will not permit others to use the same
in violation of any applicable laws or  governmental  rules or regulations or in
connection with any transaction or operation in violation  thereof.  Owner shall
not use the Reservation IV Equipment and  Reservation IV Equipment  Software for
any purpose other than for the purpose of transmitting or receiving  Reservation
IV  reservations  or  communications  related thereto or otherwise in accordance
with operating instructions furnished by Rescorp from time to time.

           14. The term of this Contract  shall  commence on the Effective  Date
and shall  continue  until  the  termination  or  expiration  of the  Management
Contract.  Upon any changes in TTSC's  reservation system and policies requiring
the removal of equipment in the reservation  equipment at the Hotel Rescorp will
notify  Owner  in  writing  and  existing  equipment  shall be  removed  and new
equipment  shall be  installed  in the Hotel in lieu thereof at Owner's cost and
expense. Upon such termination, expiration, or change in the reservation system,
Owner shall  procure that any person  designated by Rescorp may enter and remove
the Reservation IV Equipment Software from the Reservation IV Equipment and from
Owner's premises.

           15. The governing law of this Contract  shall be the governing law of
the Management Contract and any all disputes arising under or in connection with
this Contract  shall be handled in accordance  with the  procedures set forth in
Article XXV of the Management Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Contract the day
and year first above written.


WITNESS:                        HUASHENG HOTEL INTERNATIONAL
                                (SHENYANG) CO., LTD.

By:                             By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Gao Wanjun
          ------------------        Title: Chairman
     Title:
          ------------------

                                      D-5

<PAGE>


WITNESS:                        ITTR SHERATON RESERVATIONS
                                CORPORATION


By:                             By:
   -------------------------       -------------------------
     Name:                          Name:  Edward Davie
          ------------------        Title: President, Asia-Pacific Region
     Title:
          ------------------

                                      D-6

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX E

                                    INSURANCE

         1. Owner shall  provide and  maintain at Owner's sole  expense,  at all
times during the period of  construction,  furnishing  and  equipping the Hotel,
adequate  discretion,  only damage resulting from war, nuclear energy, and wear,
tear and inherent vice. In addition,  during such period Owner shall provide and
maintain  General  Liability  Insurance  with the  coverage  and  limits as more
particularly  set forth in  subsection  C(i)  hereof,  fully  protecting  Owner,
Operator,   ITTSC,  ITT  Corp.  (ITT)  and  their  respective  subsidiaries  and
affiliates  against  any  loss  or  damage,   arising  in  connection  with  the
construction,  furnishing,  equipping  and  preparation  for the  opening of the
Hotel.

         2. Throughout the Term,  Owner, at its sole expense,  shall procure and
____________.

         (i)      insurance  policies  which  insure  the  Hotel and such of the
                  component  parts  against  damage  from  resulting  from  war,
                  nuclear  energy,  wear,  tear and inherent  vice) for the full
                  100% replacement  costs of the Hotel and each of its component
                  parts and in no event less than the minimum  amount  necessary
                  to  avoid  the  effect  of  co-insurance  provisions  in  such
                  policies,  and Owner  shall  carry  such  other or  additional
                  insurance  in such  amounts and against such risks as Operator
                  shall  reasonably  require  with  respect  to  the  buildings,
                  facilities and contents of the Hotel, it being  reasonable for
                  Operator to require  insurance of the types and in the amounts
                  generally  carried on hotels owned and created by the Sheraton
                  Group  or  its  affiliates.   The  aforesaid  property  damage
                  insurance  policies  shall  provide  that the  later,  if any,
                  payable  thereunder  shall be  adjusted  with and  payable  to
                  Owner.

         (ii)     Business  Interruption  insurance  covering  loss of income to
                  both  Owner  and  Operator  for a  minimum  period of one year
                  resulting  from   interruption   of  business  caused  by  the
                  occurrence  of any of the  risks  insured  against  under  the
                  proper  damage  instance  as  previously  set  forth  in  this
                  paragraph.   The  aforesaid  Business  Interruption  insurance
                  policy shall provide that the loss, if any, payable thereunder
                  shall be adjusted  with the  payable to Owner and  Operator as
                  their interests may appear; and

         (iii)    Boiler   and   machinery   insurance    (including   use   and
                  occupancy/loss  of income)  for all  direct  loss or damage to
                  property  caused by an  accident  as defined  under a standard
                  Boiler and Machinery policy including boilers, pressure vessel
                  and mechanical or electrical equipment. Said coverage shall be
                  in limits of note less than US10,000,000.00.)

         3.  Operator,  agent of Owner  shall  throughout  the Term  procure and
maintain  the  following  insurance  coverage  to the extent  such  coverage  is
valuable for the Hotel either through the Hotel's  participation in an insurance
program developed for managed Sheraton hotels, or in the local insurance market.
The cost of the premiums for the insurance  set forth in following

                                      E-1
<PAGE>

subparagraph  C(i),  C(ii) and C(iii) shall be paid from the Agency  Account and
shall be an Operating Expense.

         4.  General  liability  insurance  having a minimum per  occurrence  of
defense for which there shall be a limit against all claims which may be brought
anywhere  in the world for bodily  injury,  death or damage to property of third
parties which  insurance  shall include  coverage in the same amount against all
claims brought any where in the world arising out of alleged:

         (a)      false arrest, detention;

         (b)      liable,  slander,  defamation,  or  violation  or the right of
                  privacy or

         (c)      wrongful entry or eviction.

         (i)      It the aforesaid  coverage is not available  through  either a
                  Sheraton  insurance  program for managed  _____________- or in
                  the local  insurance  market,  then Operator shall procure and
                  maintain  such  coverage.   All  General  Liability  insurance
                  policies  required  pursuant  to this  subsection  shall  mean
                  Owner, Operator,  ITTSC, ITT and their respective subsidiaries
                  and  affiliates  as the  insureds.  Employees of the foregoing
                  engaged  in work at or on behalf of the  Hotel  shall  also be
                  named as additional insured.

         (ii)     Motor Vehicle liability insurance,  including coverage arising
                  out of the  ownership  or  operation  of  motor  vehicles  for
                  limits, which are usual and customary for hotel motor vehicles
                  in the area where the Hotel is located but, in any event,  not
                  less than limits that are  required by law. If  available  and
                  customary, a US$10,000,000.00 minimum per occurrence limit, or
                  its local current equivalent shall be maintained (exclusive of
                  defense  costs for which there shall be no limit)  against all
                  claims  which may  brought  any where in the World for  bodily
                  injury, death or damage to property of third parties

         (iii)    Worker's Compensation  insurance as required from time to time
                  under the laws of the County or other applicable  jurisdiction
                  Operator as agent for Owner shall  prepare and lodge all wages
                  and other  returns and  proposals as may be required from time
                  to time to effect and maintain such insurance.

Owner or Operator may each reasonably require an increase in the above limits of
insurance  coverage and may reasonably  require the procuring and maintaining of
other or additional insurance,  provided such insurance is available.  Owner and
Operator  each  acknowledge  that it is  reasonable  for the  other  to  require
insurance of the types and in the amounts  generally carried at hotels owned and
operated by the Sheraton Group.

All  insurance  shall be in such form and with such  companies  as  approved  by
Operator and Owner, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

Certifies that of all policies shall be delivered to Owner and or Operator.

                                      E-2

<PAGE>


         (a) within  thirty (30) days prior to the Partial  Opening  Date in the
         use of the insurance required to be maintained during the Term; and

         (b) less than  thirty  (30) days  prior to the  expiration  date of all
         policies  of  insurance  that  must be  maintained  subsequent  to such
         expiration date under the terms of this Contract.

All such  certificates  shall  specify  that the  policies  to which they relate
cannot be  _____________  in less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice of
Operator.  Should Owner ___ to supply Operator with any such  certificates,  the
placement  of which is the  responsibility  of Owner within the  foregoing  time
limits,  Operator may provide such insurance as to which such  certificates  are
not supplied on ___________________  in any "self-insurance"  program maintained
by Operator, ITTSC, or any other affiliated or subsidiary companies, the expense
of such provision of insurance or the losses under such "self-insurance" program
to be treated as an Owner's expense and not an Operating  Expense.  Any advances
for such insurance made by Operator shall be reimbursed by Owner on demand.

Owner  assumes all risks in  connection  with the  adequacy of any  insurance or
"self-insurance"  program and waives any claim against Operator,  ITTSC, ITT and
all of their  respective  subsidiaries  and affiliates of any  liability,  cost,
expense arising out of any uninsured  claims,  in part or in full, of any nature
whatsoever.  Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed as authoring
any "self-insurance" program not approved by Operator


                                      E-3

<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX F

                                FACILITIES GUIDE


                                      F-1


                             AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO
                               MANAGEMENT CONTRACT



THIS AMENDING AGREEMENT TO MANAGEMENT CONTRACT  ("Amendment  Agreement") is made
this 28th day of April, 1998.

BETWEEN:

SHERATON OVERSEAS  MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  Corporation  having its
principal  offices  at  60  State  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  02109,  USA
("Sheraton"); and

HUAYANG  INTERNATIONAL  (SHENYANG)  CO. LTD  (formerly  known as Huasheng  Hotel
International   (Shenyang)   Co.,  Ltd)  ("Huayang   International"),   CHANGHUA
(SHENYANG) BUSINESS CO., LTD. ("Changyuan")  (collectively jointly and severally
referred  to as  "Owner")  and  HUAYANG  INDUSTRY  (SHENYANG)  GROUP  CO.,  LTD.
("Huayang  Industry") organised and registered legal entities existing under the
laws of the  People's  Republic of Ching and having  their legal  address at 386
Qingnian  Street,  Heping  District,   Shenyanbg,  Liaoning  Province,  People's
Republic of China.

WHEREAS:

1.        A  Management  Contract  was entered  into on 15  September  1995 (the
          "Management Contract") between Huasheng Hotel International (Shenyang)
          Co., Ltd. and Sheraton Overseas Management Corporation.

2.        Owner presently has the building  ownership  certificates with Huayang
          International  having the building ownership  certificate to the hotel
          tower,  Changhua  having the  building  ownership  certificate  to the
          podium and Changyuan  having the building  certificate to the car park
          being  the   requisite   ownership   rights  for  the   Building   and
          Appurtenances  and Owner is  entitled to erect and operate a hotel and
          related  facilities on the portion of the site as marked in red on the
          Schedule attached hereto.

3.        The hotel  tower,  podium  and car park all  comprise  the  Hotel,  as
          referred to in this Amendment Agreement.

4.        Owner is desirous of assuming all the rights and obligations stated to
          be held by the previous Owner under the Management  Contract,  and the
          parties hereto are desirous of amending,  ratifying and confirming the
          Management Contract in the manner hereinafter contained.

NOW  THEREFORE,  Sheraton,  Owners and Huayang  Industry  covenant  and agree as
follows:



                                      -1-
<PAGE>


1.       In this Amendment Agreement,  reference to an Article and a Section are
         to the  Article  and  Section  of the  Management  Contract  unless the
         context  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires.  Terms used but not
         defined  herein  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as  provided  in  the
         management Contract.

2.       Section 1.06 of Article I is amended by deleting  the existing  Section
         1.06 and replacing it with the following:

         "1.06    Available  Rooms  means  the  number of Hotel  rooms  that are
                  available  for sale to guests  which do not  include  house or
                  in-house  use or  commercial  rooms or, for  purposes  only of
                  calculating  reservation fees, rooms let out to guests staying
                  in excess of one month at any one  time,  but  includes  rooms
                  which  are not of order  (provided  such  rooms are not out of
                  order for more than 30 days) and complimentary rooms."

3.       Section 1.17 of Article I is amended by deleting  the existing  Section
         1.17 and replacing it with the following:

         "1.17    Estimated  Partial  Opening  Date  means  June 1, 1999 or such
                  other date as Owners and  Operator may agree in writing as the
                  date on which  they  estimate  the  Hotel  will be  ready  for
                  partial operations in accordance with section 4.05."

4.       Section 1.23 of Article I is amending by deleting the existing  Section
         1.23 and replacing it with the following:

         "1.23    Full Opening Date means the date on which Operator fully opens
                  the Hotel to the public in  accordance  with  section 4.05 and
                  shall,  unless  otherwise  agreed by Owner and  Operator  be 1
                  September 1999."

5.       Section 1.30 of Article I is amended by deleting  the existing  Section
         1.30 and replacing it with the following:

         "1.30    Independent  Auditor means one of the major six  international
                  accountancy firms or a certified public accounting  registered
                  in the Country working as a  correspondent  of such firm which
                  is  registered  in  the  Country  and   experienced  in  hotel
                  accounting and auditing,  as nominated by Owner and reasonably
                  approved by Operator  and  failing  nomination  by Owner shall
                  mean Arthur Andersen & Co."

6.       Section  2.02 of Article II is amended by deleting  the first  sentence
         and replacement it with the following:

         "During the Term,  the Hotel shall be known as "Sheraton  Shenyang Lido
         Hotel" in English and "___________________ " in Chinese."

7.       Section  2.03(i) of Article II is  amended  by  deleting  the  existing
         Section 2.03(i) and replacing it with the following:



                                      -2-

<PAGE>


         "(i)     Owner shall,  strictly in accordance  with the Approved  Final
                  Plans  and  Sheraton  Standards  and in  conformity  with  all
                  applicable  rules and  regulations  now or  hereafter in force
                  (governmental, municipal or otherwise), laws and ordinances of
                  the  Country,  at its own  expense  and  with  all  reasonable
                  diligence design, construct,  furnish and equip on the Site of
                  international  five star hotel  containing  approximately  900
                  bays comprising rooms, apartments and studios, function space,
                  restaurants,  lounges,  24-hour  room service and coffee shop,
                  business  centre,  swimming  pool and  recreation  facilities.
                  Owner shall deliver to Operator for  management  and operation
                  of the Hotel  fully  constructed,  furnished  and  equipped in
                  accordance   with  the  Approved   Final  Plans  and  Sheraton
                  Standards.

8.       Section  2.03(ii)(a) of Article II is amended by deleting the words "by
         1st  October  1995" and  replacing  them with the words "at the time of
         executing this Amendment Agreement."

9.       Section  2.03(ii)(b) of Article II is amended by deleting the words "by
         1st  November  1995" and  replacing  them with the words "30 days after
         execution of this Amendment Agreement."

10.      Section  2.03(ii)(c) of Article II is amended by deleting the words "by
         1st  December  1995" and  replacing  them with the words "60 days after
         execution of this Amendment Agreement."

11.      Section  2.03(ii)(d) of Article II is amended by deleting the words "by
         1st  November  1995" and  replacing  them with the words "60 days after
         execution of this Amendment Agreement."

12.      Section  2.3(ii)(e)  of Article II is amended by deleting the words "by
         1st November 1994" and  replacement  them with the words "60 days after
         execution of this Amendment Agreement."

13.      Section 4.02 of Article IV is amended by deleting  the existing  second
         sentence and by replacing it with the following:

         "The Pre-Opening Budget shall be prepared by Operator within 45 days of
         the Effective Date. The  Pre-Opening  Budget shall then be submitted to
         Owner for its approval,  such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
         It is agreed it is estimated that the amount of the Pre-Opening  Budget
         will be a  minimum  sum of USD$4  million  or its  equivalent  in local
         currency.  The  approved  Pre-Opening  Budget may be revised  higher by
         Operator from time to time, in  consultation  with Owner, to reflect to
         then current cost projections,  delay in particular  opening beyond the
         Estimated Partial Opening Date and unforeseen circumstances."

14.      Section  403(i) of  Article  IV is amended  by  deleting  the  existing
         Section 4.03(i) and replacing it with the following:





                                      -3-


<PAGE>

         Owner  shall  deposit in the  Pre-Opening  Agency  Account,  the sum of
         $US500,000 within 30 days of the approval of the Pre-Opening  Budget by
         Owner.  Thereafter,  on a monthly basis, 30 days prior to the scheduled
         expenditure as indicated in the approved Pre-Opening Budget, Owner will
         pay into the Pre-Opening  Account the amount  scheduled for expenditure
         within the next month. If for any reason,  the  Pre-Opening  Budget has
         not been  approved by July 1, 1998,  the amount of  $US500,000  must be
         deposited  into the  Pre-Opening  Agency Account on or before August 1,
         1998."

15.      Section  4.05(i)(b)  of Article IV is amended by deleting  the existing
         Section 4.05(i)(b) and replacing it with the following:

         "(b)     at least 200 of the  Hotel's  guest  room  floors,  all public
                  areas, facilities, restaurants, ballroom, and all landscaping,
                  and all  requisite  life safety and fire  requirements  of the
                  Hotel,  are  fully  constructed,  furnished  and  equipped  in
                  accordance   with  the  Approved   Final  Plans  and  Sheraton
                  Standards and such portion of the Hotel to be partially opened
                  is, in Operator's  opinion,  otherwise  suitable for guest use
                  and occupancy and all necessary Operating Supplies,  foods and
                  beverages have been obtained;"

16.      Section 5.02 of Article V is amended by deleting  the existing  Section
         5.02 and replacing it with the following:

         "5.02    Operating Plan

         (i)      Not later than ninety (90) days prior to the  commencement  of
                  each Fiscal Year,  Operator shall provide to Owner,  an annual
                  operating  plan  for  the  operation  of  the  Hotel  for  the
                  forthcoming   Fiscal  Year  containing  a  detailed  financial
                  budget,  a market  promotion  plan and a  capital  expenditure
                  plan.  Within  a period  of 20 days of  receipt  of the  draft
                  operating  plan  prepared  by  Operator,  Owner  shall  advise
                  Operator  whether it approves such  operating  plan or whether
                  the  operating  plan or certain  items within the plan are not
                  approved by it. In review the operating  plan,  Owner must not
                  unreasonably  withhold or delay the giving of its approval and
                  the Owner's  approval  cannot be  withheld  with regard to any
                  item in the  operating  plan  necessary to enable the Hotel to
                  meet and  comply  with  Sheraton  Standards.In  the event that
                  Owner has not advised Operator by the expiration of 20 days of
                  receipt by Owner of the draft  operating plan, of its approval
                  or  disapproval,  the draft operating plan shall be the agreed
                  and approved  operating plan for the forthcoming  Fiscal year.
                  In the event  that  Owner  advises  Operator  that it does not
                  approve of the draft operating plan or of any line item within
                  it, the parties agree to further  review,  explain and discuss
                  such  operating  plan as submitted and Operator  agrees to use
                  reasonable  endeavors to take into account Owner's  reasonable
                  opinions and  recommendations and to incorporate and amend the
                  draft operating plan. If agreement  cannot be reached prior to
                  30 days before the commencement of the relevant Fiscal Year in
                  respect  of  each  budget  line,  the  figures  set out in the
                  operating  plan in respect of such  budget line not agreed for
                  the  immediately  preceding  Fiscal  Year shall  apply and all
                  expenditure  amounts set out therein  shall be increased by an
                  amount  equal  to the  percentage  rate  of


                  inflation  in the  Country  for the  relevant  Fiscal  Year as
                  published  and   recognised  by  the  Government  or  relevant
                  authorities  of the Country.  Total Revenue as forecast in the
                  draft operating  plan, if not approved,  shall be revised from
                  the total  Revenue  specified  in the  operating  plan for the
                  preceding  Fiscal Year,  adjusted to have regard to prevailing
                  market conditions.  In the event of Operator and Owner failing
                  to agree to the appropriate adjustment,  the matter in dispute
                  relating to Total Revenue shall be submitted for determination
                  by the Independent  Auditor who shall act as an expert and not
                  as an  arbitrator  and  whose  decision  shall  be  final  and
                  binding.

         (ii)     Operator will use its reasonable endeavours to comply with the
                  approved operating plan but the parties acknowledge that it is
                  a reasonable  estimate of expenditures  and income only and of
                  an intended  market  promotion  plan and  capital  expenditure
                  plan,  and  Operator  shall not be  deemed  to have  given any
                  guarantee, warranty or representation whatsoever in connection
                  with any of the operating  plans.  For the avoidance of doubt,
                  any failure to comply with any  operating  plan shall not give
                  rise to rights of termination pursuant to Section 23.01."

17.      Article V is amended by the  addition of the  following  two  Sections,
         Sections 5.05 and 5.06.

         "5.05    Owner's Representative

         Owner shall appoint a  representative  and advise  Operator of the name
         and title of such representative.  Owner's  representative shall be its
         representative  to exercise the powers and to undertake  the  functions
         and duties  given and  assigned  to Owner  under this  Contract  and to
         discuss  and  communicate  with  Operator  on all  matters  arising  in
         connection  with this  Contract.  In addition,  Owner's  representative
         shall have the right,  at  reasonable  times and on prior notice to the
         General Manager of the Hotel, to access, examine and make copies of all
         books of account  and  records of and  relating  to the Hotel which are
         maintained by Operator under this Contract.

         5.06     Meetings

         In addition to any other meetings held hereunder, Operator shall at the
         request of Owner hold a meeting  with Owner (as may be  represented  by
         Owner's  representative  and all other persons  designated by Owner) at
         least once per month during the  Operating  Term at which  Operator and
         Owner  shall  review  and  discuss  the  previous  and  future  month's
         operating  statements,  marketing  plans,  cash flows,  budget reviews,
         capital expenditure, important personnel moves and general concerns for
         Owner  and  Operator  relating  to the  Hotel.  Except  to  the  extent
         otherwise mutually agreed upon by Owner and Operator, all such meetings
         shall be held at the Hotel.

18.      Article  VII is  amended  by  deleting  the  existing  Article  VII and
         replacing it with the following:




                                      -5-

<PAGE>

         "Article VII - FEES

         7.01     Basic Fee

         (i)      Calculation
                  -----------

         Commencing  from the Partial  Opening Date,  during each Fiscal Year of
         the Term (and  proportionately  for a fraction of a Fiscal Year), Owner
         shall,  subject as provided  in  paragraph  (ii),  pay to Operator on a
         monthly basis the Basic Fee for services  rendered  under this Contract
         in relation to the management and operation of the Hotel as follows:

         (a)      Where Gross Operating  Profit in a Fiscal Year is between 0 to
                  25,000,000 Ren Min Bi, a fee of 4% of Gross  Operating  Profit
                  for that Fiscal Year;

         (b)      where in any Fiscal Year, Gross Operating Profit is 25,000,000
                  Ren Min Bi or  greater,  a fee equal to 8% of Gross  Operating
                  Profit in that Fiscal Year.

         After  calculation  of the Basic Fee,  there shall be deducted from the
         amount  calculated the amount of the License Fee paid under the License
         Contract.

         (ii)     Inter-relationship of Basic Fee and License Fee
                  -----------------------------------------------

         For further  clarity,  it is agreed and understood that if in any year,
         the Basic Fee  calculated in accordance  with section  7.01(i) above is
         greater that the License Fee payable pursuant to the License  Contract,
         the License Fee determined in accordance  with the License  Contract is
         paid to the  Licensor  and the  difference  between  the Basic Fee,  as
         calculated in section 7.01 above is less than the amount  calculated as
         License  Fee,  pursuant to the License  Contract,  then the License Fee
         calculated  in accordance  with the License  Contract is payable to the
         Licensor and no amount is payable to Operator as a Basic Fee.

         (iii)    Partial Operations
                  ------------------

         During the period of partial  operations of the Hotel commencing on the
         Partial  Opening Date and ending on the Full Opening Date,  Owner shall
         pay a License  Fee/Basic  Fee to  Licensor/Operator  calculated  in the
         above described manner.

7.02     Payment Method

         (i)      Commencing  from the Partial  Opening  Date,  on or before the
                  fifth   day  of   each   Fiscal   Month   during   the   Term,
                  Licensor/Operator  shall be paid out of the Agency Account its
                  License  Fee and Basic  Fee for the  preceding  Fiscal  Months
                  during

         (ii)     At the end of each Fiscal Year and following  receipt by Owner
                  of the annual audit report,  an adjustment  will be made based
                  on such audit report, if necessary,  so that Licensor/Operator
                  shall  have  received  its  proper  License  Fee and Basic Fee
                  respectively as specified  above for such Fiscal Year.  Within
                  30 days of  receipt by Owner of such  audit  report,  Operator
                  will either:

                                      -6-


<PAGE>

                  (a)      place in the Agency  Accounts  or remit to Owner,  as
                           appropriate,   any  excess  in  the  amounts  it  has
                           received as fees, in respect of such Fiscal Year; or

                  (b)      be paid out of the Agency  Accounts  or by Owner,  if
                           working capital is insufficient,  as appropriate, any
                           deficiency in the amounts it has received as fees,

                  as the case may be.

         (iii)    In the event  there is an  operating  loss which  results in a
                  negative Gross Operating Profit in any Fiscal Year, it will be
                  borne  exclusively by Owner and the amount thereof will not be
                  applied  against  Gross  Operating  Profit of any other Fiscal
                  Year.

19.      Section  10.01 of Article X is amended by deleting the second  sentence
         and by replacing the second sentence with the following:

         "The Agency Account shall have authorized  signatories of both Operator
         and Owner.  In respect of any  payment in less than  US$50,000  (or the
         equivalent  in  local  currency   calculated  in  accordance  with  the
         provisions  of clause  16.02),  and in respect of payment of the 'Basic
         Fee and License Fee, only Operator's  designated  signatories  shall be
         authorised to operate and draw from the Agency  Account.  In respect of
         any payment for any one item in excess of USD$50,000 (or its equivalent
         in local  currency in accordance  with the provisions of clause 16.02),
         both Operator's  authorised  designees and Owner's authorised designees
         shall be  authorised  to  operate  and draw  from  the  Agency  Account
         jointly.  Owner shall nominate its authorised  designee for purposes of
         operating and drawing from the Agency  Account to Operator and the bank
         with an authorised  alternate each in the City of Shenyang to ensure no
         delays are  occasioned to the operation of the Hotel and in meeting the
         liabilities  of the Hotel.  In  particular,  Owner warrants to Operator
         that all payroll payments shall be made when due and Owner acknowledges
         payments in respect of  employment  contracts  entered into which are a
         liability of the Hotel shall be met in  accordance  with their terms of
         payment.  Operator shall promptly  notify Owner of any payment of Basic
         Fee and/or License Fee with supporting Computation.

20.      Section 10.02 of Article 10 is amended by deleting the existing Section
         10.02 and by replacing it with the following:

         "10.02 Owner shall deposit  monies into the Agency  Account for initial
         working capital as follows:

         (i)      no later than 120 days prior to the Estimated  Partial Opening
                  Date,  an amount of  US$250,000  (or its  equivalent  in local
                  currency);


         (ii)     thirty (30) days prior to the Estimated  Partial Opening Date,
                  an amount equal to three months worth of working  capital,  as
                  showing the forecast


                  for the first year's operations,  part of the approved
                  Pre-Opening Budget shall be deposited;

         (iii)    Thereafter,  amounts will be deposited into the Agency Account
                  in accordance  with the  forecasts  contained in the Operating
                  Plan representing three months working capital requirements to
                  be paid each month but so that at no time will the  balance in
                  the Agency Account be less than US$500,000, (or the equivalent
                  in local currency);

         (iv)     It is estimated this amount for initial  working  capital will
                  not be less than US$750,000.


21.      Section 11.01(i) of Article XI is amended by deleting  existing Section
         11.01(i) and replacing it with the following:

         "11.01(i)         Commencing from the Partial Opening Date, there shall
                           be  deducted  in  monthly  installments  during  each
                           Fiscal Year of the Term, the following amounts:

                           (a)      for the first  Fiscal  Year of the Term,  an
                                    amount equal to 2% of Total Revenue based on
                                    the Operating Plan for that year;

                           (b)      for the second  Fiscal Year of the Term,  an
                                    amount equal to 3% of Total  Revenue for the
                                    preceding Fiscal Year; and

                           (c)      for the third  Fiscal  Year of the Term,  an
                                    amount equal to 3% of Total  Revenue for the
                                    preceding Fiscal Year; and

22.      Section  20.01(i)  of  Article  XX is  amended  by  deleting  the first
         sentence and replacing it with the following:

         "During the Term, Owner shall not commercially use or refer to the word
         "Sheraton" in any manner  whatsoever  other than in connection with the
         Hotel or any factual statement that the Hotel is managed by Operator in
         accordance with the terms of this Contract."

23.      Section 25.02(b) of Article XXV is amended by deleting the reference to
         "the  Chairman of the Singapore  Chamber of Commence"  where it appears
         and by replacing  this phrase with the words "the  Chairman of the Hong
         Kong Chamber of Commerce."

24.      Section 25.02(d) of Article XXV is amended by deleting existing Section
         25.02(d) and replacing it with the following:

         "25.02(d)  The  arbitration  shall take place in Hong Kong. This
                    Contract shall be governed by the laws of Hong Kong."




                                      -8-


<PAGE>


25.      Section 25.03 of Article XXV is amended by deleting the reference where
         it appears to "the courts of  Singapore"  and by replacing  this phrase
         with the words "the courts of Hong Kong."

26.      Section 26.01 of Article XXVI is amended by adding a second address for
         the Owner as follows:


                  "Owner:           c/- Cheung Kong (Holdings) Ltd.
                                    China Hotels Division
                                    21/F China Building
                                    29 Queen's Road Central
                                    HONG KONG
                                    Fax:  852 2530 5689"

27.      Section 28.08 of Article XXVIII is amended by deleting the reference to
         "Mr. Gao Wanjun" and by replacing  this  reference  with the  following
         words "Owner's representative from time to time."

28.      References  to  "Owner"  in the  Management  Contract  shall  after the
         execution  of this  Amendment  Agreement  be to  Huayang  International
         hereby release  Huayang  Industry and Huayang  Industry hereby releases
         Operator and Huayang  International from all the duties and obligations
         stated to be held by the other parties under the Management Contract.

29.      The Management  Contract is amended only as expressly  provided herein.
         Except as provided  herein,  the provisions of the Management  Contract
         shall  remain  unchanged  and in full  force and  effect  and is hereby
         ratified by each of the Huayang  International,  Changhua and Changyuan
         as being binding and  enforceable as between  Sheraton and Owner and as
         against third parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF Operator,  Owner and Huayang Industry have duly executed this
amendment to the Management Contract on the date above written.


Sheraton Overseas Management Corporation



By:                                           Witness By:
   --------------------------                            ----------------------

Name:                                         Name        :
     ------------------------                             ---------------------




                                      -9-
<PAGE>


Huayang International (Shenyang) Co., Ltd.




By:                                           Witness By:
   --------------------------                            ----------------------

Name:                                         Name        :
     ------------------------                             ---------------------




Changhua (Shenyang) Business Co., Ltd.




By:                                           Witness By:
   --------------------------                            ----------------------

Name:                                         Name        :
     ------------------------                             ---------------------


Changhuan (Shenyang) Park Co., Ltd.




By:                                           Witness By:
   --------------------------                            ----------------------

Name:                                         Name        :
     ------------------------                             ---------------------




Huayang Industry (Shenyang) Group Co., Ltd.




By:                                           Witness By:
   --------------------------                            ----------------------

Name:                                         Name        :
     ------------------------                             ---------------------







                                      -10-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 21

              Subsidiaries of Huayang International Holdings, Inc.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
SUBSIDIARY                                                      OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE
<S>                                                      <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
Shenyang Haitong House Properties Development, Ltd.                             95 %
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
Huayang International Hotel Co., Ltd.                                           20 %
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
Changhua Business Co., Ltd.                                                     20 %
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
Changyuan Car Park Co., Ltd.                                                    20 %
- ------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
</TABLE>



                                                              EXHIBIT 23.1

              [Letterhead of Moore Stevens Frazer and Torbet, LLP]



To Board of Directors
Huayang International Holdings, Inc.
And Subsidiary


                       Consent of Independent Accountants
                       ----------------------------------

         We  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statement of Huayang International Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary on Form 10SB of
our report dated December 13, 1999 on our audits of the financial  statements of
Huayang International  Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 13, 1998 and
1997 and for the years then ended,  which reports are  incorporated by reference
in the Form 10SB registration statement.



                                       /s/ Moore Stevens Frazer and Torbet, LLP
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Certified Public Accountants

December 23, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                            612,612
<SECURITIES>                                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   6,723,273
<ALLOWANCES>                                            0
<INVENTORY>                                    13,689,204
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               15,684,814
<PP&E>                                         31,300,106
<DEPRECIATION>                                    531,845
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 68,550,854
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          26,835,399
<BONDS>                                        21,382,068
                                   0
                                             0
<COMMON>                                          150,016
<OTHER-SE>                                     19,119,681
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   67,487,164
<SALES>                                        16,115,067
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               16,115,067
<CGS>                                          13,187,655
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  13,187,655
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                        0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                      0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 2,927,412
<INCOME-TAX>                                    1,051,467
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             1,772,702
<DISCONTINUED>                                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                         0
<CHANGES>                                               0
<NET-INCOME>                                    1,772,702
<EPS-BASIC>                                        .024
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           0


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission